November 5 – 11, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back soon … Steinbruner… BESS, BESS, BESS…
Hayes… Appreciations… Patton… I’m Personally Asking… Matlock… cruelty as strategy…Thanksgiving cancelled…punchlines… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Dad Advice from Bo… Quotes on… “November”

...

PACIFIC AVENUE AND COOPER STREETS February 15, 1950. This was part of Jimmy Roosevelt’s campaign stop for California Governor!! That’s the famed Cooper House on the right and our original Santa Cruz County Bank on the left (now Laili’s restaurant and Pacific Wave)

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: Novmber 5, 2025

NOVEMBER. IT’S NOVEMBER! We are back on standard time, and no, I am not loving it. It gets dark so. darn. early! And it will keep creeping back to earlier and earlier for another month and a half! I could cry. That won’t help though, this keeps happening every year, so why can’t I get used to it? Honestly? I have no idea. Don’t get me wrong, it’s not like I’m miserable over this all day, every day. It’s mostly in the late afternoon/evening when I can’t figure out what time it is by just looking out the window, you know?

SPEAKING OF NOT GETTING USED TO IT. The shutdown is still going on. Heather Cox Richardson has a really good explanation for why Chuck Schumer’s offer to negotiate reopening was the opposite of a sellout. Watch it here, if you’re interested. I put the video over on the right. The fate of the SNAP benefits is winding its way through the courts. Democrats had a very good off-year election, but we can’t take the foot off the gas anytime soon! Complacency before the midterms would spell disaster!

~Webmistress

...

FRANKENSTEIN. Netflix. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ***-
Yet another Frankenstein (“that’s Fahnken-steen”) or Oscar Isaac in what feels like his 25th role of the year.

Visually sumptuous and soaked in both blood and atmosphere, Guillermo del Toro delivers a lavish reimagining of the oft-told tale. The film nails the gothic philosophy and metaphysics of its era, pairing beauty with brutality in true del Toro fashion. You can almost imagine the Shelleys and Byron nodding in approval at the moments where it strays, and smiling where it catches the heart of the story perfectly.

It’s not for the faint of heart – one shot that got me, of the Creature twisting a sailor’s arm a few rotations too far, proves that – but the grotesquerie serves the point. After all, this is a story about Build-A-Man from spare parts and asking what makes him human.

Dark, intelligent as always, and unsettlingly gorgeous – this Frankenstein is well worth a watch.


I LIKE ME. Prime Video. Movie. (8.2 IMDb) ****

John Candy was one of the brightest stars born from the supernova that was SCTV (Second City Television) – Canada’s answer to Saturday Night Live in the ’70s and ’80s (if you haven’t seen it, it’s worth digging up). The cast was a who’s who of comedy royalty: Catherine O’Hara, Eugene Levy, Harold Ramis, Rick Moranis, Dave Thomas, Joe Flaherty, Martin Short, Andrea Martin, and more. And right in the middle of it all was Candy — the gentle giant with impeccable timing and a heart to match.

By all accounts, Candy was as kind and humble offscreen as he was hilarious on it. No one seems to have a bad story about him – which, in a crowd of comedians, is practically sainthood.

From “Uncle Buck” and “Planes, Trains and Automobiles” to “Spaceballs”, “JFK”, and even his lesser outings, Candy was always a joy to watch. His performances carried warmth, humanity, and that unmistakable glint of mischief.

Gone far too soon, “I Like Me” remains a sad “must-watch” — a reminder that true comedy often comes from a place of heart.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: WEREWOLF] AN AMERICAN WEREWOLF IN LONDON. Philo. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

“Stay on the road. Keep clear of the moors.”

The story is simple: two American backpackers ignore the locals’ warnings, wander onto the moors, and one ends up cursed with full-moon-itis while the other returns as a wisecracking, rapidly decomposing ghost. What follows is a sharp blend of horror, dark humor, and some amazing makeup work.

The transformation scene – while dated by today’s standards – was groundbreaking for its time, delivering a visceral, painful metamorphosis and a final werewolf form that’s genuinely menacing. David Naughton makes for a sympathetic lycanthrope, Griffin Dunne shines as David’s decaying corpse conscience, and Jenny Agutter does her best as the nurse/love interest with questionable professional boundaries.

“An American Werewolf in London” remains the most watchable, witty, and downright entertaining werewolf film since the Golden Age.
~Sarge

OZZY: NO ESCAPE FROM NOW. Paramount+. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ****

A farewell performance you can’t roll your eyes at. Plenty of rock legends have milked “one last time” for decades – but not Ozzy. His “Back to the Beginning” concert on July 5th, 2025, really was the end. He was gone by the 22nd.

“No Escape From Now” is an unvarnished chronicle of both his career and more importantly, his final, lucid march toward the inevitable. It’s less a myth-making documentary than a brutally honest goodbye, showing the man behind the metal: frail, funny, and utterly self-aware. Through it all, Sharon Osbourne is the quiet backbone – tending, cajoling, and loving the battered but unbowed Prince of Darkness as he takes his final bow.

~Sarge

GOOD BOY. In theaters. Movie (6.8 IMDb) ****

Full disclosure: I was ready to hate this film. Any movie that makes people cry about a dog is a very bad thing, because ALL dogs are the Best People, so that’s an automatic red flag.

But Good Boy surprised me. It’s a horror film told from the dog’s perspective – not another “evil dog” flick or a cheap scare where the pet gets offed to raise the stakes. Here, Indy the Dog follows his troubled Person into a forest full of strange smells, eerie silences, and one especially bad not-Person who clearly means trouble. Bad not-Person!

Some have called it slow, but I found it quietly tense, the way good horror should build. And yes, it includes one truly wrenching moment that no good dog should face. Still, it’s worth a watch – just make sure to hug your own dog after.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: VAMPIRE] THE HUNGER. Tubi. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ****

Incredibly stylish Vampire film from 1983 by Tony Scott. Starring Catherine Deneuve, David Bowie, and Susan Sarandon.

A young, lanky Sarandon stars as a doctor caught between two vampires — Bowie, seeking a cure for his decay, and the impossibly elegant Deneuve, the ageless predator in search of a new consort. With a soundtrack that swings from Bauhaus to Delibes and lush, stylized cinematography, The Hunger remains an elegant, sensual cornerstone of modern vampire cinema.

~Sarge

WEAPONS. In theatres, Apple TV. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ***-

Weapons: “Pulp Fiction” meets “The Monsters Are Due on Maple Street”.

A perfect suburban horror: 17 children get up in the middle of the night, and run off into oblivion. The problem is, they’re all from the same class. The problem is, it’s the entire class…but one. The problem is, it must be the teacher.

Or is it.

The film structures its mystery through overlapping points of view, evoking Pulp Fiction’s fractured narrative. At the same time, it channels Rod Serling’s “The Monsters Are Due On Maple Street”, where paranoia and fear become more destructive than the supposed threat itself. Just when the audience feels grounded, the story pivots in an unexpected direction.

The cast is anchored by the elfin Julia Garner (Ozark), Josh Brolin (“Thanos” Avengers), and Benedict Wong (Doctor Strange). Rather than relying on gore or jump scares, the film builds an atmosphere of unease that lingers after.

It’s unsettling, thought-provoking, and worth a watch.
~Sarge

WEDNESDAY (Season 2). Netflix. Series (8 IMDb) ****

Learning from Season 1, they eschew romance for Wednesday and instead keep her caught between her rocky relationship with her mother (Morticia, played by Catherine Zeta-Jones) and her attempts to thwart a tragic prophecy (how very unlike Wednesday).

This season brings a slew of new guest stars, including Lady Gaga, Christopher Lloyd (he was Fester in the ’90s Addams Family movies), Steve Buscemi, and Billie Piper (pop singer and Rose from Doctor Who), along with brief surprise returns from Christina Ricci (she played Wednesday in the ’90s films) and Gwendoline Christie. Breakout new character Agnes DeMille (played by Evie Templeton – a young actress to watch for) steals many of the scenes she’s in.

Sadly, the show still features the “Outcasts” as a marginalized group, as it did in Season 1. I’ve always felt the Addams Family worked best when their innocent bewilderment at their effect on “normies” drove the humor. Still, the season offers plenty of laughs and a terrific cast to carry you through. Worth a watch.

Snap! Snap!

~Sarge

...

Gillian is working hard and will be back soon!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
SOLANO COUNTY GOT IT RIGHT ON BESS!

Click on Item #25: Take a moment to watch the video recording of how the Solano County Planning Dept. has proceeded with their work to develop a battery energy storage system (BESS) Ordinance, relying on a Technical Advisory Working Group that included participants from all sides, and the public.

Note that Solano County will NOT allow utility-scale BESS in agricultural lands.  Conversely, Santa Cruz County is considering allowing the Seahawk BESS project at 90 Minto Road in Watsonville to be in an established apple orchard and next to dense neighborhoods.

Please share this video with your County Supervisor and others.

NO PROBLEM WITH SEA WATER INTRUSION IN MIDCOUNTY GROUNDWATER BASIN
Public Records Act request materials state there is no problem with sea water intrusion in the MidCounty groundwater basin. Analysis of 2022 data using airborne electromagnetic methods,  since 2017:  “The shallow fresh water seems to
extend a little further off-shore for the 2022 data.” 
 and “A very high degree of repeatability: Near the Summer Beach the fresh water might extend a little further into the sea compared to 2017 Off-shore comparison.”

Here is correspondence regarding the analysis.  Rob Swartz directs the MidCounty Groundwater Agency, a consortium of Soquel Creek Water District, City of Santa Cruz Water Dept., Central Water District, and the County of Santa Cruz (representing private well owners).  Soquel Creek Water District is the bully in the room, pumping the most groundwater and thereby paying the largest share of the costs of the MidCounty Groundwater Agency’s commitments.

Take a look at this:

From: Rob Swartz <rswartz@cfscc.org>
Sent: Monday, 13 May 2024 17.59
To: Max Halkjaer <max@geophysicalimaging.com>; Georgina King <gking@elmontgomery.com>; Ahmad-Ali
Behroozmand <ahmad@geophysicalimaging.com>
Subject: RE: Santa Cruz Mid-County Basin Geophysics

Hello Max,
I’m still trying to define a scope of work for a request for qualifications. Could you confirm the depth of
investigation with this geophysical technique? I ask because of the areas around Seascape and New Brighton
where we don’t currently have an intrusion problem
. Those wells are completed at depths of 900 and 765 feet,
respectively. If the deep zones do not already show high chlorides, I don’t know that the geophysics would tell us
anything new at those locations (I seem to recall roughly 200 meters for depth of investigation?).
Also, is Geophysical Imaging Partners registered in the US? We wanted to know, since any potential future work
would be DWR grant funded.
Thanks.
Rob
Rob Swartz, PG, CHG
Senior Planner – Groundwater Sustainability
REGIONAL WATER MANAGEMENT FOUNDATION
COMMUNITY FOUNDATION SANTA CRUZ COUNTY

WELL, CHECK OFF THAT BOX…BESS TOWN HALL MEETING WAS A SHAM
The October 27, 2025 Santa Cruz County BESS Ordinance Town Hall Meeting, organized by Supervisor Hernandez and held in the Watsonville City Community Room, was carefully orchestrated to limit the public, but allow unlimited time for the battery energy storage system (BESS) developer and benefactor, Central Coast Community Energy (3CE).

Although the public was instructed that the meeting discussion was focused only on the impending County Draft BESS Ordinance, a significant amount of time was allotted to representatives of Central Coast Community Energy (3CE) and New Leaf Energy developer Max Christian.  This caused the meeting to become confusing in that the 90 Minto Road BESS Project became focal when the purpose of the meeting was to gather input on the County’s impending BESS Ordinance.

It also caused the meeting to run long, and many members of the public were not allowed to speak near the conclusion of the meeting.  It should be noted that Supervisor Hernandez allowed 3CE representative Mr. Das Williams to speak during the precious-little time available for public comment, even though he had spoken extensively during the Q & A Expert Panel discussion.  A second 3CE representative named Sophia, who spoke for the agency’s public relations department, was also given a full two minutes to read a prepared statement during the abbreviated public comment period.

This Town Hall Meeting was the first held since the Board approved “in concept” the County’s BESS Overlay Ordinance.  There was no  copy of the Draft Ordinance provided for public examination, however Planning Dept. Director Ms. Hansen’s presentation as a panelist did reveal new information that was not known:

  1. One of the three sites identified by County Staff on October 29, 2024 has been removed from consideration: the area adjacent to the Houts Substation near Dominican Hospital; and
  2. Setback distances have been increased to 1000′.

It was not made clear during the presentation exactly who is writing our County’s Draft BESS Ordinance, but from Public Records Act request responsive materials, I know that the New Leaf Energy consultants, Dudek, have been instrumental and have seemingly acted upon behalf of New Leaf Energy’s 90 Minto Road Project,

Many members of the public requested that the Board of Supervisors heed the good action taken by Solano County Planning Department and Supervisors to convene a Technical Advisory Group to assist with drafting our County’s BESS Ordinance.  Battery Energy Storage Systems | Solano County, California

Many members of the public requested that the Board review the Solano County Draft BESS Ordinance as a model for public safety protection by incentivizing non-lithium BESS and best practices.  I personally provided Ms. Hansen with a copy of this document, and offered it to Supervisor Hernandez.

I also provided the Recommendations that informed members of the public compiled and provided to the County’s Commission on the Environment at the first BESS Workshop in June, 2025, but that were not included in that Commission’s Summary or mentioned during Mr. Damhorst’s extensive presentation at the October 27 Town Hall Meeting, as one of the panelists.

In closing, I question how the County noticed this important Town Hall Meeting, and how will the County notice any future meetings related?

There were no press releases, and it appeared that only FaceBook and Instagram announcements were used by Supervisor Hernandez’s office.  There was mention of the meeting  buried in Supervisor Hernandez’s monthly newsletter, published in The Pajaronian in early October, but it did not ever appear in any internet searches.

Members of the public, once alerted to the important meeting, spent great effort to publicize the event with local radio and television stations, as well as print media.

On October 27, there were no signs at the entrance of the room where the Town Hall Meeting was held to alert and direct the public to the Watsonville Community Room, which was a different venue than had been noticed.  In fact, many residents not familiar with the Watsonville City office building at 275 Main Street attempted to enter from the library and found that both the elevator and stairwell were locked.

There were no signs to provide direction about the meeting location or access.  Many people left and were not able to participate.

Please contact the Board of Supervisors and demand that all future meetings and hearings will be fully noticed to the public as the County proceeds with the new rules to allow flammable, explosive  BESS projects in neighborhoods.
Telephone 831-454-2200 

Write the Supervisors individually to ensure they receive your message in a timely manner:

Chair Felipe Hernandez <felipe.hernandez@santacruzcountyca.gov>
Supervisor Justin Cummings <justin.cummings@santacruzcountyca.gov>
Supervisor Kim DeSerpa <kimberly.deserpa@santacruzcountyca.gov>
Supervisor Manu Koenig <manu.koenig@santacruzcountyca.gov>
Supervisor Monica Martinez <monica.martinez@santacruzcountyca.gov>

PUBLIC MEETING NOVEMBER 10 TO LEARN ABOUT BATTERY FIRES PLANNED IN YOUR NEIGHBORHOOD
Please attend the November 10 Public Meeting at Simpkins Center (6:30pm-8pm) to learn more about the large, flammable battery energy storage system (BESS) projects planned for your neighborhood.  The event is free, with a good Q & A opportunity.

Simpkins Center is located at 979 17th Avenue, Santa Cruz.  Please share the information with others.

WILDFIRE SURVIVOR TO SURVIVOR
The United Policy Holders is sponsoring a Survivor to Survivor Wildfire webinar on Tuesday, November 18, 7pm Pacific Time.

What Consumer Reports has to say about the Insurance Crisis: Homeowners Are Facing an Insurance Crisis. CR Thinks These 9 Basic Rights Could Help. – United Policyholders

THANK A VETERAN FOR THEIR SERVICE…OPERATION GREENLIGHT
Next Tuesday, November 11, is Veteran’s Day.  Please thank a Veteran for their service.  It is interesting that the Solano County Board of Supervisors spent a great amount of time honoring the Veterans at their November 4 Board meeting.  Conversely, Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors made no mention of the Veterans at their November 4 meeting, not even recognizing that the County Government Building will be illuminated with green lights next week, as part of Operation Greenlight

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  THANK A VETERAN FOR THEIR SERVICE.
ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING AND ASK QUESTIONS THAT MATTER TO YOU.
DO ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Appreciations

I feel gratitude for many of the actions people are doing to help nature around the Monterey Bay. In this column, I will extend praise for those actions to specific people but inevitably will overlook others to whom I apologize in advance…chalk it up to not knowing everything everyone is up to or just plain forgetfulness. I also realize that no one is perfect, so I focus on the specific actions that I appreciate, not the whole of what anybody or group of people does, which might include things that are, on the other hand, very bad for nature.

First Peoples
I lead with my appreciation for the First Peoples for their care for the Monterey Bay region. It is not hyperbole to say we owe everything we experience, the whole of nature, to the First People. The people who are and were indigenous to this place for thousands and thousands of generations took care of this land – every part of it. From squirrel to deer, from river to ridge, from the tallest oak to the tiniest wildflower – these things are here because of those people. The descendants of some of these people are still here, and we have much to learn from them and alongside them if we care to do so. They are still weaving together the fabric of this wonderful part of Earth.

Organic Farmers
I also appreciate organic farmers for caring for nature. By shunning the use of synthetic chemicals for pesticides and fertilizers, organic farmers are avoiding poisoning nature. These farmers forgo these things, pay fees for certification and inspection, and work harder to produce food that often times, to me, tastes better. Farming is not an easy career. I am so glad that I can afford organically grown food and that there is such an abundance produced in our region. There are lots of organic farmers that have inspired me, but I especially think of Phil Foster (Pinnacle), Ronald Donkevoort (Windmill Farms), and Jane Friedmon and Ali Edwards (the original Dirty Girl Farm), and Jerry Thomas (Thomas Family Farm) as inspirations.

Weed Warriors
I want to give thanks to the folks who have long battled invasive plants in our area. Some of the hardest work protecting nature is done by the Monterey Bay’s weed warriors. These folks often volunteer their time to battle the worst invasive species affecting natural areas. They’ve battled French broom, jubata grass, ice plant, sticky Eupatorium, and on and on. Ken Moore was the godfather of weed warriors through his founding of the Wildland Restoration Team (interview pt. 1 and pt. 2), but there have been many others. Linda Broadman worked with Ken and carries the torch through her leadership with the Habitat Restoration Team of the Santa Cruz Chapter of the California Native Plant Society. The Monterey District of State Parks deserves mention for steadfastly and regularly organizing volunteers to control invasive plants. Then, of course, there are the many volunteers who actually do much of the work…

Conservation Activists
This is where my appreciation will surely fall short as there are so many people who deserve recognition. Conservation activists often take civic engagement quite seriously. I am in awe of the many nature conservation activists who have fought and won so many important battles around the Monterey Bay. I have enjoyed learning from and sometimes working alongside Celia and Peter Scott, Bruce Bratton, Jodi Frediani, Michael Lewis and Jean Brocklebank, Corky Matthews, Gillian Greensite, Debbie and Richard Bulger, and Don Stevens. Behind and working with these good people were expert and dedicated legal support from Debbie Sivas, Jonathan Wittwer, Gary Patton, and Bill Parkin. Folks who have been affiliated with the Rural Bonny Doon Association and Friends of the North Coast also deserve recognition. Without people who are willing to donate their time, expertise, good judgement, intelligence, and skills we would not have much of the open space that species need to survive.

Tending the Fire
I have been so pleasantly surprised to see so much work with prescribed fire in our community. For me, this started years ago with Cal Fire including more recently as Angela Bernheisel led the first good fire at Soquel Demonstration State Forest. I have been thankful also to the work of the Central Coast Prescribed Burn Association, including their leaders Jared Childress and Spencer Klinefelter. State Parks’ Portia Halbert is a dynamo for putting good flames on the ground and an inspiration to so many others in moving that powerful tool forward. This prescribed fire work is tricky and takes brave people who know so much about so many sciences to get that kind of work done. Plus, they have to work well with others because it takes so many others to do that kind of work. They are restoring nature while making our communities safer. Thank you.

Politicians
For the last 35 years, there have been few politicians in our area that have openly declared nature to be central to their platforms, and I deeply appreciate those who have. Currently, there are very few indeed. State Senator John Laird seems to me to be an outstanding example of how a politician might succeed when keeping environmental conservation a publicly stated priority. Mayor of Marina, Bruce Delgado, is another example. I wish there were more than just those two, but that says something about both the need for more folks to run for office and the public’s will to prioritize such things when they vote.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, November 4, 2025

That’s Kathy Hochul, pictured. She is the Governor of the State of New York. Not long ago, I got a nice email from Governor Hochul, which I reproduce below. The “subject” line on the email read this way: “I’m personally asking.”

Gary, I wanted to share a bit of my personal story with you:

I grew up in Buffalo as one of six kids.

Just before I was born, my parents started married life living in a trailer park in Lackawanna, not far from the steel plant where my dad worked.

My dad worked long shifts at that steel mill. I watched my mother — who raised six kids — stretch every dollar by buying used clothes and serving fried spam sandwiches for dinner.

My parents instilled the values of hard work and grit as they worked tirelessly to provide for us.

My parents’ sense of service is what inspired me to run for office.

Gary, for far too long, I’ve watched families just like mine struggle to make ends meet while Donald Trump and his Republican loyalists prosper off the backs of families getting squeezed — and I’ve had enough. Unlike these D.C. Republicans, I’m fighting to make the lives of all New Yorkers easier — teachers, students, farmers, small business owners, and more. But I can’t continue this work without your support. So, Gary: Can I count on you to chip in $15 in the next 11 hours before midnight?

D.C. Republicans only care about their special interest donors — not us.

Meanwhile, as Governor:

? I took Trump to court over his illegal tariffs — and won twice.

? I delivered inflation refund checks to put money straight back into New Yorkers’ pockets.

? I tripled the Child Tax Credit to help families juggling childcare costs.

But now, D.C. Republicans want to buy their way into power here in our state and unravel all the work we’ve done – and I won’t stand for it.

So I’m personally asking: Will you pitch in $15 before midnight to help me compete with the millions D.C. Republicans will spend on this race, fight off their extremism, and bring home a massive victory for New Yorkers?

I read The New York Times every morning, and I follow national politics pretty closely. I tend to have a rather positive impression of Hochul, and was pleased when she endorsed Zohran Mamdani in his race to become the Mayor of New York City. I tend to have a positive impression of Mamdani, too. Let’s see what happens in today’s election!

I must say, however, that New York State and New York City politics seem a long ways away. I live in California. It’s unlikely that either Hochul or Mamdani will ever represent me. I don’t think they’re likely to move here, and while I did live in New York City for almost a year, and really wouldn’t mind living there again, I don’t think there is actually much chance of that happening.

So, why would Hochul, with whom I have had no personal contact whatsoever, send me this nice email, asking me, as a California resident and voter, to give her money to address issues of key importance to residents of New York?

Well, many readers of this blog posting know exactly why. They probably got an email from Hochul, too, and everyone reading this posting has almost certainly gotten some similar communication from other politicians, from distant parts of the country, asking for their financial support. I got the nice email because Hochul is a Democrat, and I am, too. Hochul’s “party,” in other words, is what is supposed to motivate a person like me to contribute to her, even though I will never be able to call upon her to vote or take action on anything that directly affects my life.

Our governmental system is based on the idea that “we, the people” are “running the place.” I always like to put it that way, to remind people that we are supposed to be in charge of the government, not the other way around. To the degree that we do “run the place,” though, we do so through our “representative” democracy – in other words, by way of our “elected representatives.” We vote for people who will be legally entitled to vote on measures that will directly affect our lives and future, in the states and in the cities where we live. If our elected representatives don’t do what we want them to do, we can then vote for someone else in the next election, whom we think will do a better job in voting the way we want them to. In California, we can also “recall” our elected representatives, if they’re not voting the way they promised to, or the way we want them to.

That’s a quick description of how our political system is, or was, designed to work, ably summarized by Tip O’Neill, who put it this way: “All politics is local.”

Is this still true? Maybe not! Kathy Hochul certainly doesn’t think so. In fact, as The Atlantic has recently opined, it seems that the days of Tip O’Neill have come and gone. Check out The Atlantic’s article making the claim that “No Politics Is Local.” Without a doubt, our politics, today, has absolutely become more “national” than “local,” and is more and more based on party, not on the “representative” relationship between the voter-resident and the elected official-officeholder.

While Hochul is trying to raise money from Democrats all over the country, whom she will never actually represent, our political parties, of course, are also seeking to raise money. And the parties are raising money not only from those who can be motivated to give $15, but also from those who can give $1,500 dollars, or $15,000 dollars, or even $15 million dollars. The “party” ends up “representing” those with the most dollars, while our idea of representative and democratic government is intended to produce elected officials who are beholden not to “money” but to the majority of the voters whom they “represent,” voters who can vote to elect them – or not.

If we want actually to “run the place,” we can’t let ourselves be deceived into thinking that we can be represented effectively by national political parties. We need to elect representatives who respond not to some party hierarchy, mostly funded by the “billionaire class,” as Bernie Sanders calls them. We need, each one of us, to make sure that we are truly being “represented” by persons elected by a majority of the people who live in their “district” (their congressional district, or their state Assembly or Senatorial district, or by city or county officials who live in the same city or county as those whom they represent). We need to make sure that our “representatives” truly understand that their ability to continue in office, or to advance to some “higher” office, is dependent on doing not what the party leadership wants, but what the majority who actually voted to elect that representative want.

The system just described is sometimes called “democracy,” but is better described as “self-government,” because we, ourselves, are in charge of our government when ordinary people elect “representatives” who are loyal to and dependent upon the people who can vote for them, in the geographic area in which they live.

Of course, for this system of representative democracy to work, “we, the people” need to be personally involved in the process. Shipping out our $15 contribution to some far-off politician who has the same party label that we do isn’t going to do it!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
MOVING THE NEEDLE, NO CRACK, IMPLOSION, TUBE SOCKS

The Lincoln Square website declares that with Trump losing the shutdown fight, he wants kids to starve anyway, so, “Donald Trump cancelled Thanksgiving.” The writer challenges Democrats to take that message and run with it, knowing it will result in a 500-page briefing book on SNAP — however, talk is better. Divulging that, ‘kids are starving‘ is much more effective than ‘the fiscal and health-impacts of the discontinuation of 7 CFR 272 programmatic efforts to ameliorate food insecurity,’ so forget the study! The GOP can taste the defeat of losing the shutdown — they lost it as soon as The Don turned the federal government into a hostage for his own vanity, and as protection from the release of the Epstein files.

They lost it again when reality showed up with receipts: polls, long lines at food banks, missed paychecks, grounded flights, and, coming soon to an aisle near you, the SNAP freeze that wallops retailers,” asserts Lincoln Square, “this isn’t 5D chess. It’s 1D cruelty dressed up as strategy, and it’s detonating in their faces. Even little Mike Johnson, Trump’s latest meatbot who obviously finds self-abnegation and public embarrassment arousing, can’t hold it together too much longer.” New national polling shows Americans continue to blame Trump and Congress, with worsening numbers: Washington Post/ABC/Ipsos indicates voters are pointing fingers at the Trump-GOP side by a solid margin, with independents breaking against them by an almost 2-1 margin.

Michael Cohen writes on MeidasTouch, “Let’s be brutally honest: we’re not moving the needle because Democrats have suddenly figured out how to talk to voters or craft a compelling message. We’re moving it because the Republican Party has completely lost its mind. The GOP isn’t just bad at governing anymore; they’re morally bankrupt, publicly cruel, and proudly arrogant. And for once, the American people seem to be noticing.” Cohen interprets figures from the Quinniac poll that he says should both encourage and alarm Democrats, and not because the left is inspiring hope or offering visionary leadership. The fifty percent of voters who say they would rather see Democrats control the House is because they are disgusted by what the right is doing — in being “so detached from basic humanity that they think hunger, poverty, and suffering are punchlines.”

For example, Cohen refers to Louisiana’s Representative Clay Higgins, who told the 42 million citizens who are losing access to food assistance to “stop smoking crack.” Go tell your neighbor, your aging parent or grandparent that Higgins mockingly suggests their monthly stipend is some sort of unnecessary luxury with which MAGA sees no need to be concerned with. Eighteen percent of his own constituents are among his state’s one million SNAP recipients, but instead of his empathy, they get his contempt, no understanding, classed as stereotypical. The GOP has become a mockery by mocking the poor as it worships the powerful, the greedy. At Mar-a-LagoTrump was the host of a ‘Roaring 20s’ Halloween gala, serving champagne and wagyu beef to a crowd that doesn’t care about the bottom line on their grocery bill, feasting while the country starves. Cohen writes, “The optics couldn’t be clearer — the Republican message to working Americans is simple: you’re on your own, peasants.”

Though poll numbers are shifting, Republicans being blamed for the shutdown and the economy, the cruelty and the chaos, with voters sick of it, Democrats can’t assume it’s because of their own success. With a year left until the mid-terms, complacency could doom the polls downward trajectory faster than MAGA’s corruption. Cohen believes the GOP is imploding under the weight of its own lunacy, but they’re still ruthless, still organized, and still willing to burn democracy to the ground if it means clinging to their money and power; however, Democrats aren’t winning because they’ve inspired confidence — they’re winning because Republicans are terrifying. Trump is underwater on every issue, except Israel where a fragile ceasefire is supposedly holding, but this self-proclaimed “business genius” would view customers shedding tears at the checkout counter, if only he were able to see beyond his potbelly.

Cohen concludes: “The Republican Party’s cruelty isn’t strategic anymore. It’s reflexive. It’s who they are. They can’t help themselves. When millions of Americans lose access to food, healthcare, or housing, they don’t feel shame; they feel pride. They call it ‘tough love.’ They sneer about ‘personal responsibility.’ They talk about crack pipes instead of policy, mock the hungry instead feeding them, and think empathy is weakness. If the Democrats don’t retake the House — and possibly the Senate — we’re in for another cycle of dysfunction, shutdowns, and moral decay, watching as Trump and his enablers turn hunger into a weapon and governance into performance art. Democrats need to stop assuming voters will automatically side with sanity. They won’t — not unless we remind them, daily, what’s at stake. The needle is moving only because the other side has revealed who they really are. The clock is ticking — one year to prove that America still has a conscience. The fight doesn’t end because the polls look good; it starts because they finally do.”

Conservative and former federal judge J. Michael Luttig wrote in The Atlantic, suggesting in his article that Trump has already taken steps in this second term to ensure he never relinquishes power. “With every word and deed, Trump has given Americans reason to believe that he will seek a third term, in defiance of the Constitution,” Luttig says. “It seems abundantly clear that he will hold on to the office at any cost, including America’s ruin.” The president has admitted to reporters that he would “love” to violate the Constitution by running for a third term, and Trump loyalist Steve Bannon has never let the possibility wane that there are “different alternatives” that could allow his golden idol run again. Luttig cites Trump’s use of the US military to carry out personal vendettas against Democratic-led cities, his efforts to eliminate birthright citizenship, and the conservative-majority Supreme Court giving the president its “imprimatur to continue his power grab.”

Luttig writes, “Trump has always told us exactly who he is. We have just not wanted to believe him. But we must believe him now. If America is to long endure, we must summon courage, or fearlessness, our hope, our spirited sense of invulnerability to political enthrall, and, most important, or abiding faith in the divine providence of this nation. We have been given the high charge of our forbears to ‘keep’ the republic they founded a quarter of a millennium ago. If we do not keep it now, we will surely lose it.” On MSNBC’S Morning Joe, Judge Luttig said, “Donald Trump has seized near absolute unchecked power in the United States — unchecked by either Congress, the Supreme Court, the several states, or the media itself. There’s no question at all that, as of today, Donald Trump has all the power he would ever need to run for a third term and be seated as the next president, whether or not he actually won that election.” As The Onion ‘quotes’ Trump — “I will not rule out a Third Reich.”

Concerns about the president’s health has been a big topic of late, and his claim of passing with ease his recent MRI, raises even more questions about his acuity to remain in office, with many looking for an early expiration date. Andy Borowitz has jumped into the conversation with usual satiric jab: “Donald J. Trump ordered members of his Cabinet on Wednesday to start wearing three pairs of tube socks to make his ankles appear normal. At the White House, press secretary Karoline Leavitt attempted to downplay Trump’s demand, as well as his order that Cabinet members use a hammer to create bruises on the back of their hands. ‘The press has been trafficking in stories about the President’s health which are entirely malicious and false,’ said Leavitt, black sweat socks protruding from her Ann Taylor slingbacks. According to sources, Trump has also mandated that Cabinet members periodically babble incoherently and fall down, a directive immediately embraced by Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth.”

Robert Reich, on his blog, writes: “Trump is incapable of allowing tensions and stresses to ease without creating new ones.” One recent example comes after his meeting with China’s Ji, and the announcement that our countries will de-escalate the trade war — all well and good, but we are now in the same place before Trump created that tension in the first place. Then, what does he do? He announces the USA will restart nuclear testing after a 30-year lull by the three major military powers. His only explanation? “Other nations” are doing so — another Trump lie to fester the chaos. His refusal to fund food stamps, to extend Obamacare subsidies, to ease up on tariffs which are killing US farmers, to end criminal prosecutions of his ‘political foes,’ to end the violence of ICE raids, or to end the bullying of our neighboring countries to the south all ramp up the stress in our lives.

Reich says we cannot ignore the news, because it plays into Trump’s hands by allowing him to cause even more mayhem if we aren’t watching — all of it matters and denial only weakens our resolve. If we fall into despair or hopelessness, Trump wins it all, becoming a self-fulfilling prophesy; we cope by becoming stronger, by coming out in record numbers as on ‘No Kings‘ day, or calling our Congress members and showing up at their town halls, by protecting the vulnerable among us, and importantly — organize for the mid-term elections. His conclusion is: “We keep the faith in America’s ideals. We stay as close as we can to our loved ones and dearest friends. And we celebrate small and noble acts of decency, wherever they occur.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“November”

“I know that I have died before—once in November.”
~Anne Sexton

“In November, the smell of food is different. It is an orange smell. A squash and pumpkin smell. It tastes like cinnamon and can fill up a house in the morning, can pull everyone from bed in a fog. Food is better in November than any other time of the year.”
~Cynthia Rylant

“It was one of those early November mornings that are as beautiful as any in spring. There was gold everywhere, drifts of it on the elm tree, flakes of gold under our feet, gold dust on the hedges, liquid gold in the refracted falling light.”
~Elizabeth Goudge

“Her smile adds an air of enigma to her. Like a melting cup of warm dark chocolate on a November evening.”
~Ipsita Upasana

“There comes a time when people get tired of being pushed out of the glittering sunlight of life’s July and left standing amid the piercing chill of an alpine November.”
~Martin Luther King, Jr.

YouTube is so interesting. This channel is called “Dad Advice from Bo”. He has some 200 videos! You should go watch some.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

October 22 – November 4, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back soon… Steinbruner… also back soon… Hayes… Seasonal Awareness… Patton… Can we keep it… Matlock… elective despotism… shutdown coup… power forgets purpose… rule of Don… amphibious strength… antifa… brunch… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Daniel Johnston… Quotes on… “Halloween”

...

SOQUEL AND DAKOTA STREETS. February 11, 1961. Back then it was John’s Hof Brau where the Hind Quarter now sits. That’s across the street from Riverside Lighting & Electric.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: October 29, 2025

THE BUSY TIME OF THE YEAR. We are going into “the holidays”, in case you’d missed that. There’s already Christmas stuff out in the stores, and Halloween’s not even over yet! It blows me away! I am, personally, not a fan. Don’t get me wrong, I love Christmas and Yule decorations: Santas, Gingerbread Men, Lucia, Gnomes, candles, mistle toe, and snow, but for Pete’s sake – NOT IN OCTOBER!!

And then, there’s this weird paradox where things are put out so, so early, but then people tear them down before even a week has passed! What is that all about?? In Sweden, traditionally, you take down your Christmas stuff on January 6, known as “trettondedag jul” or 13th day of Christmas. This tracks, because we celebrate Christmas Eve, not Christmas Day. Anyway, on that day, you “dance out Christmas”, take down your tree, eat the gingerbread and candy you’ve had on the tree, and Christmas is now over.

Speaking of things I’m not a fan of, we go back to standard time this weekend 🙁 I don’t love the change. It always throws me off for days! More importantly though, I hate the fact that it is going to get dark an hour earlier 🙁 I wish we could stay on PDT permanently, if anything. Come to think of it, wasn’t there a proposal about that?

Oh, and speaking of proposal: DON’T FORGET TO VOTE ON PROP 50!

~Webmistress

...

I LIKE ME. Prime Video. Movie. (8.2 IMDb) ****

John Candy was one of the brightest stars born from the supernova that was SCTV (Second City Television) – Canada’s answer to Saturday Night Live in the ’70s and ’80s (if you haven’t seen it, it’s worth digging up). The cast was a who’s who of comedy royalty: Catherine O’Hara, Eugene Levy, Harold Ramis, Rick Moranis, Dave Thomas, Joe Flaherty, Martin Short, Andrea Martin, and more. And right in the middle of it all was Candy — the gentle giant with impeccable timing and a heart to match.

By all accounts, Candy was as kind and humble offscreen as he was hilarious on it. No one seems to have a bad story about him – which, in a crowd of comedians, is practically sainthood.

From “Uncle Buck” and “Planes, Trains and Automobiles” to “Spaceballs”, “JFK”, and even his lesser outings, Candy was always a joy to watch. His performances carried warmth, humanity, and that unmistakable glint of mischief.

Gone far too soon, “I Like Me” remains a sad “must-watch” — a reminder that true comedy often comes from a place of heart.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: WEREWOLF] AN AMERICAN WEREWOLF IN LONDON. Philo. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

“Stay on the road. Keep clear of the moors.”

The story is simple: two American backpackers ignore the locals’ warnings, wander onto the moors, and one ends up cursed with full-moon-itis while the other returns as a wisecracking, rapidly decomposing ghost. What follows is a sharp blend of horror, dark humor, and some amazing makeup work.

The transformation scene – while dated by today’s standards – was groundbreaking for its time, delivering a visceral, painful metamorphosis and a final werewolf form that’s genuinely menacing. David Naughton makes for a sympathetic lycanthrope, Griffin Dunne shines as David’s decaying corpse conscience, and Jenny Agutter does her best as the nurse/love interest with questionable professional boundaries.

“An American Werewolf in London” remains the most watchable, witty, and downright entertaining werewolf film since the Golden Age.
~Sarge

OZZY: NO ESCAPE FROM NOW. Paramount+. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ****

A farewell performance you can’t roll your eyes at. Plenty of rock legends have milked “one last time” for decades – but not Ozzy. His “Back to the Beginning” concert on July 5th, 2025, really was the end. He was gone by the 22nd.

“No Escape From Now” is an unvarnished chronicle of both his career and more importantly, his final, lucid march toward the inevitable. It’s less a myth-making documentary than a brutally honest goodbye, showing the man behind the metal: frail, funny, and utterly self-aware. Through it all, Sharon Osbourne is the quiet backbone – tending, cajoling, and loving the battered but unbowed Prince of Darkness as he takes his final bow.

~Sarge

GOOD BOY. In theaters. Movie (6.8 IMDb) ****

Full disclosure: I was ready to hate this film. Any movie that makes people cry about a dog is a very bad thing, because ALL dogs are the Best People, so that’s an automatic red flag.

But Good Boy surprised me. It’s a horror film told from the dog’s perspective – not another “evil dog” flick or a cheap scare where the pet gets offed to raise the stakes. Here, Indy the Dog follows his troubled Person into a forest full of strange smells, eerie silences, and one especially bad not-Person who clearly means trouble. Bad not-Person!

Some have called it slow, but I found it quietly tense, the way good horror should build. And yes, it includes one truly wrenching moment that no good dog should face. Still, it’s worth a watch – just make sure to hug your own dog after.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: VAMPIRE] THE HUNGER. Tubi. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ****

Incredibly stylish Vampire film from 1983 by Tony Scott. Starring Catherine Deneuve, David Bowie, and Susan Sarandon.

A young, lanky Sarandon stars as a doctor caught between two vampires — Bowie, seeking a cure for his decay, and the impossibly elegant Deneuve, the ageless predator in search of a new consort. With a soundtrack that swings from Bauhaus to Delibes and lush, stylized cinematography, The Hunger remains an elegant, sensual cornerstone of modern vampire cinema.

~Sarge

WEAPONS. In theatres, Apple TV. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ***-

Weapons: “Pulp Fiction” meets “The Monsters Are Due on Maple Street”.

A perfect suburban horror: 17 children get up in the middle of the night, and run off into oblivion. The problem is, they’re all from the same class. The problem is, it’s the entire class…but one. The problem is, it must be the teacher.

Or is it.

The film structures its mystery through overlapping points of view, evoking Pulp Fiction’s fractured narrative. At the same time, it channels Rod Serling’s “The Monsters Are Due On Maple Street”, where paranoia and fear become more destructive than the supposed threat itself. Just when the audience feels grounded, the story pivots in an unexpected direction.

The cast is anchored by the elfin Julia Garner (Ozark), Josh Brolin (“Thanos” Avengers), and Benedict Wong (Doctor Strange). Rather than relying on gore or jump scares, the film builds an atmosphere of unease that lingers after.

It’s unsettling, thought-provoking, and worth a watch.
~Sarge

WEDNESDAY (Season 2). Netflix. Series (8 IMDb) ****

Learning from Season 1, they eschew romance for Wednesday and instead keep her caught between her rocky relationship with her mother (Morticia, played by Catherine Zeta-Jones) and her attempts to thwart a tragic prophecy (how very unlike Wednesday).

This season brings a slew of new guest stars, including Lady Gaga, Christopher Lloyd (he was Fester in the ’90s Addams Family movies), Steve Buscemi, and Billie Piper (pop singer and Rose from Doctor Who), along with brief surprise returns from Christina Ricci (she played Wednesday in the ’90s films) and Gwendoline Christie. Breakout new character Agnes DeMille (played by Evie Templeton – a young actress to watch for) steals many of the scenes she’s in.

Sadly, the show still features the “Outcasts” as a marginalized group, as it did in Season 1. I’ve always felt the Addams Family worked best when their innocent bewilderment at their effect on “normies” drove the humor. Still, the season offers plenty of laughs and a terrific cast to carry you through. Worth a watch.

Snap! Snap!

~Sarge

...

Gillian is working hard and will be back soon!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

Becky will be back, and in the meantime:

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING OR FILM SCREENING ON HUMAN TRAFFICKING.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Seasonal Awareness

The beginning of the rainy season is special and every citizen of our region can help with, and enjoy, the changes we face in this transitional time.

Mediterranean Goodness

October 15 is the date when everyone should be prepared for the first rain of the season. Statistically, it has been dry this time of year, with no rain, since April 15. The dry season is also the hottest part of the year: almost every year we have a heat wave in October. On the other hand, winter is both cold and wet. These seasonal swings are what makes Mediterranean climates unique. Only 2% of terrestrial Earth experiences this climate, which includes areas surrounding the Mediterranean Sea as well as portions of Chile, South Africa and southern Australia. Despite the tininess of this portion of the Earth, Mediterranean climate areas host 20% of the planet’s plants as well as outsized portion of wildlife species. I urge everyone to help others in our region understand how special this place is and the oversized responsibility we have when choosing to live here. A part of that burden is caring for water – the streams, rivers, and ocean that receive waves of polluted runoff at the onset of the rainy season.

Bad Changes Afoot

During the six months of no rain, toxins accumulate on our roadways, sidewalks, rooftops, and landscaping. On October 26th, one of the season’s first rains illuminated for me a part of this story.

As I walked along Water Street in Santa Cruz, I glanced down, gazing as the gutters swelled with runoff, replete with an iridescent sheen of petroleum contaminated runoff. Down into a storm drain splashed that nastiness as I wondered how the City of Santa Cruz was dealing with that. Those are City-owned streets, after all. The management of those streets is a reflection of citizen’s collective will. So, when I got home I perused the City’s stormwater management plan and found that the hydrocarbon soup I witnessed goes directly into the nearest stream or into the San Lorenzo river, and ultimately into the ocean, unfiltered. There are better ways, but this particular city hasn’t invested in filtration systems that could help.

As I got more and more soaked, I encountered a metal drain cover and found something the City does try to deal with: a pile of trash – food wrappers and other such things.  The City sweeps its streets and picks up 2.6 tons of stuff every week in the dry season and 5 tons a week in the rainy season (more leaves, they say).

“All Ye beings who live in the ocean, streams, and rivers…choke on, and be sick from, our polluted effluent!” – The Will of the People as expressed by their government.

On the Brighter Side

On the other hand, as the first rains rehydrate the world around us, there are beautiful and amazing transitions. The most startling transition occurs in our coastal prairies, which go from tawny to green, getting greener by the day. In the forests, the understory vegetation hydrates more gradually but the lichens and mosses on the trunks and branches immediately perk up. Creeks and springs begin flowing. Birds sip from raindrops held on leaf tips and vines (or from mudpuddles!). A summer of accumulated dust washes from everything, brightening colors. The air…everything…smells richer and nice. We look skyward for a glimpse of a rainbow. The pattering of rain hushes harsh noises, lulls us into deeper slumbers. Beachside lagoons fill. Salmon crowd just offshore under the breaking waves, awaiting their chance to swim to their natal waters. Sea lions dart into the salmonid gatherings, feasting on those feisty, fatty fish.

Close to Home

Around our homes, we make rainy season adjustments. Everyone scurries to bring things under cover that would suffer from soaking. We put away outdoor furniture and tools. Families cherish the last of the harvest from summer gardens – from flowers to tomatoes. It will be many months before they experience them again. Gardeners cover beds with straw and plant winter cover crops. Gutters that should have been cleaned for fire season are re-checked. Raingardens are rejuvenated from their summer rest. Bare ground anywhere is covered lest precious soil washes away: mulch is appreciated. We cover tires, bins, and bottles that could pool rain lest fetid water accumulates, attracting mosquitoes or drowning little innocent animals.

Chipping In

As the newfound season’s water moves things around, we can do our part. For a short while, before the weeds hide it…trash is easy to spot and nab. This time of year, when I return home, I head directly to the trash bin to empty both pockets: beer caps, wrappers, shards of plastic, bits of degraded string. If we all did a little, it would be a more beautiful place. That trash ends up in the bellies of critters, making them sick, but we can help.

Must we wait for the municipality to clear off those drain covers? There’s an opportunity to collect leaves for mulch and trash for the dump before it gets washed to sea and into the mouths of sea turtles.

Vote Right

In preparing this article, I did a quick search of two City Councils to see how we are doing elevating anyone who publicly proclaims giving a wit about clean water. As expected, that issue is such a dud that no one includes it in their public statements. Do we not care about clean water? If we do, political candidates certainly don’t know it.

Take a moment to look at street runoff and imagine where it is going. Do you not want clean rivers and streams? Do we think that polluted runoff goes ‘away’ somewhere that doesn’t mattter? Here is a series of links to reflect on, to consider why cleaning up our water ways isn’t on any politicians list of priorities: Candidate statements from Scotts Valley say nothing about clean water! (Sorry Carbonera Creek!). And, in the Santa Cruz City Council: Shebreh nothing about water quality (Sorry Moore Creek and Antonelli Pond!); Gabriela also nothing (sorry Branciforte Creek!); Sonja nothing (Sorry Arana Gulch, Yacht Harbor, and Seabright Beach); Scott nothing, too, (Sorry Neary Lagoon Creek!); Susie nope, nothing (Sorry San Lorenzo River and Cowell’s Beach!); Renee nothing at all (Sorry Moore Creek and so many Westside surf breaks!).

Anyone recall voting in favor of taxing yourselves to solve water quality issues like these? Measure E brings in a little less than $1 million a year to address Santa Cruz’ water pollution issues. The last report on the City’s website is 5 years old, but still interesting to see where the money went. Measure Q across Santa Cruz County is also supposed to address water quality – can’t wait to see how those funds are spent to address water quality! I’m sure that attention from any member of the public on the spending from those two tax measures could greatly assist in assuring that they are used well. Can you help?

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, October 27, 2025

That’s Peggy Noonan, pictured. She is currently best known, I think, as a columnist for The Wall Street Journal. Click the link to her name for more information about her background and accomplishments.

The title affixed to Noonan’s recent column, published in the Saturday/Sunday, October 25-26 edition of The Journal, referenced one of the most famous observations of Benjamin Franklin. Here is the title to Noonan’s column:

A Republic, But Can We Keep It?

Franklin, when responding to a question about whether our 1787 Constitutional Convention had provided the nation with a monarchy, or with a republic, told his interrogator, Elizabeth Willing Powel, that the Constitution provided us with “a republic, if you can keep it.” Note the “you.” Franklin was properly letting Powel, and all of us, know that what kind of government we have will depend upon our own, personal, involvement, and our own, personal, actions.

Noonan discussed the destruction of the East Wing of the White House in her column, pretty much bemoaning its loss along the lines of my own observations, as posted in my blog entry published on October 24th. Noonan is a Republican, and was a speechwriter for former president Ronald Reagan. Patti Davis, the daughter of former president Reagan, has also lamented what our current president has done, unilaterally, to destroy a beloved part of one of our nation’s most historic buildings, a building that belongs to us all.

I don’t like to highlight the “partisan” nature of our government, because it is pretty easy to start thinking that a representative’s party affiliation is more important than the representative’s personal qualities, and more important than his personal relationship to those who can vote that representative in or out of office. I do not think that a government based on “party” is kind of government we either want or need, and I also think that it is particularly dangerous when our elected “representatives” begin to believe that their primary allegiance is to the “party” to which they belong, and not to the people who elected them, and who have the right to, and might, cast them out of office. An elected representative’s primary allegiance must always be to those whom they (are supposed to) “represent.”

The only real solution to the abuses of the Trump presidency must come either from the replacement of Republicans in the House of Representatives with person allied with the Democratic Party (which is how things are most commonly portrayed in the press, reflecting what I think is a mistaken idea that “party” is the key to our government), or by the effective use of the power of the people, in the districts in which they live, making current Republican (and other) officeholders pay attention to what their constituents actually want and need (affordable medical care, as one example).

The current House Majority Leader and Speaker of the House, Mike Johnson, has been helping to protect the president from actions by the people, by keeping the House of Representatives shut down. But, to be honest, are the people represented by Republican members of the House ready to throw those representatives out if they keep allowing our current president and his accomplices in the Executive Branch to do the opposite of what they want and need (providing affordable medical care, as one example)?

I hope the answer to that last quetion is, “yes,” because if we want to “keep” a government that allows us – “we, the people” – to be in charge, we need to demand, and insist, that our elected “representatives” actually represent what we want and need. Allegience by our elected representatives to the people they represent is what our system depends upon. Let us hope that those people who are currently represented by those supporting the president on the basis of “party” loyalty come to understand that the president is not their boss, and that our elected representatives in Congress are actually the boss of the president (the boss of the president on behalf of the people who elected those representatives to “represent” them).

I do not believe for a moment that a majority of those citizens who elected each and every member of the Republican Party in the Congress really, in every case, want their representatives to cut back their health care benefits, and to allow the current president to bulldoze down the White House for a ballroom, without debate, and without an opportunity of the people to be heard.

Am I wrong about that? Well, as Benjamin Franklin let us know how to answer the question. We have a “republic,” not a “monarchy,” if WE can keep it.

It’s up to us, and if we don’t reallocate how we spend our time, and start taking back our own power over the representatives who are supposed to represent US (“US,” and not the “party” or the “party leader”), then we will end up with what amounts to a modern day “monarchy.”

Take it from Ben! That “No Kings” slogan would make sense to him!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

[this week]

NO CONGRESS, PARDONS FOR THE ASKING, GILDED LIES

Thom Hartmann begins his piece on The Hartmann Report by quoting Thomas Jefferson’s commentary in the Federalist Papers #48: “All the powers of government, legislative, executive, and judiciary, result to the legislative body. The concentrating of these in the same hands, is precisely the definition of despotic government. An ELECTIVE DESPOTISM was not the government we fought for; but one…in which the powers of government should be so divided and balanced among several bodies of magistracy, as that no one could transcend their legal limits, without being effectually checked and restrained by others.”

Hartmann says it is presumed that on orders from President TrumpHouse Speaker Johnson has shut down the House of Representatives in order for Trump to do whatever he wishes “without being effectually checked and restrained by others.” For the moment he is the King of America — it’s the coup that finally worked, writes Hartmann, even though it is Congress‘ duty to prevent seizure of such power. The Founders agreed upon this principle as shown in their writings, before and after inserting it into the Constitution itself. By demolishing the East Wing of the White House, a replica of Vladimir Putin’s Winter Palace Grand Throne RoomThe Donald can entertain, and coerce, his rich hangers-on into fundraising for his personal and family projects, all at the expense of the American taxpayer. Donate to the Trumps, receive special favors, and let the hoi-polloi foot the bill, that’s the ticket!

As politico James Carville claimed, “I have to get sixteen permits before I can remodel my bathroom!” — but Trump barged ahead with his destruction on the White House, never submitting plans to the National Planning Commission or bothering to get permission from the National Trust for Historic Preservation. Why? Loopholes in the law, and because nobody in government ever imagined a leader would be demented enough to undertake such a self-aggrandizing project, so why ban such a far-fetched idea through legislation? Thomas Jefferson’s idea of “being effectually checked and restrained by others” would have been appropriate and legal, so where were the others? Also, no voices are being raised concerning Trump’s “lawless murders” as Columbia’s president is calling the destruction of boats near his country’s shores. And for that matter, what of the imposition of tariffs violate Article 1 of the Constitution, or the brutality and warrantless arrests by ICE and the secret police!

But, here we are cruising into an indeterminate future as Congress vacations, with no congressional oversight of the president’s newly conferred dictatorial powers. Speaker Johnson is keeping the House in recess during the government shutdown, refusing to hold even pro forma sessions, which is keeping newly elected member Grijalva from being seated. Hartmann says, “This is against the law — the supreme law — of the land. There is no joint resolution with the Senate allowing for a recess longer than three days, nor has the Senate passed such a standalone resolution. As the Constitution reads: ‘Neither House, during the Session of Congress, shall, without the Consent of the other, adjourn for more than three days, nor to any other Place than that in which the two Houses shall be sitting.'” Such lengthy suspensions have never occurred before, even during the Civil War or WWII. “What’s the emergency that’s greater than the War of 1812, WWI, 9/11, or any other national crisis?,” asks Hartmann.

click here to continue (link expands, click again to collapse)

[last week]

NO KINGS, LIGHT ALWAYS, ELON’S KIDS, TAKE THE H TRAIN

One of the ‘No Kings‘ protesters last Saturday carried a sign that read, ‘If no mentally disturbed person should have an assault weapon, should a mentally ill president have an army?‘ Reasonable question, and by extension it might have read ‘…a navy?‘ or ‘…an air force?‘ As a response to the more than 2700 planned ‘No Kings’ events, President Trump in a show of strength and dominance toward the organizers, and in particular toward the people of California — to include Governor Newsom — he scheduled a live-fire military demonstration at the US Marine Corps’ Camp Pendleton. To ‘celebrate‘ the 250th anniversary of the Corps, the live ammunition exercise was to fire land-based artillery pieces over Interstate 5 into impact areas, claiming it to be “an established and safe practice.” This massive Marine exercise featured fighter jet flyovers, amphibious ships, explosions in a simulated village and Navy SEALS dropping into the Pacific Ocean from helicopters. Vice President Vance contended that the administration was focused on supporting Marines and removing “woke” priorities that “have weakened the US armed forces.” He added, “When officials try to shift focus to mandating diversity quotas, or they try to inject partisan politics into the American armed forces, they impede the Marine Corps’ ability to do its best work.”

Governor Newsom confirmed that the live artillery would be fired over major roadways in Southern California, calling it “reckless,” “disrespectful,” and “beneath the office of the presidency.” The event, entitled “America’s Marines 250: From Sea to Shore — A Review of Amphibious Strength,” forced the California Highway Patrol to close a 17-mile stretch of Interstate 5 from 11 AM to 3 PM during the demonstration, with electronic signage reading “Overhead fire in progress” to inform drivers. San Diego County Supervisor Jim Desmond, a Republican, posted on social media: “This morning’s sudden freeway shutdown shows exactly what’s wrong with politics. No accountability, no planning — just finger-pointing while everyday people sit in traffic, miss work, and watch their plans fall apart.” The Orange County Republican Party posted on X: “Newsom shut down the 5 today to cause chaos around a Marine Corps celebration. What a jerk.” Nevertheless, safety assurances aside, a California Highway Patrol car reportedly was hit by shrapnel during the ‘Review of Amphibious Strength’. The CHP immediately notified Marine authorities who terminated the exercise after the fired shell detonated prematurely over the freeway.

Ben Meiselas on MeidasTouch calls Trump’s move fascism, and “what we are rallying against today.” Many see the live-ammunition exercise as a continuation of Trump’s June harassment in deploying the National Guard and US Marines into Los Angeles to quell small disturbances that Governor Newsom and local officials claim could have been easily handled by city and state law enforcement. Meiselas writes, “This ‘No Kings’ moment is bigger than Trump’s corruption. It’s about the spirit of a people refusing to surrender democracy to chaos and cruelty. As Governor Newsom said, ‘No Kings’ is a declaration of independence against tyranny…people are waking up to the rule of law increasingly appearing to be the rule of Don.'” Meiselas concludes, “That awakening is visible in every city where Americans are marching today. They are standing shoulder to shoulder, not as partisans but as citizens reclaiming their power. Trump can fire missiles, peddle lies, or try to silence dissent, but he cannot stop the truth. And the truth is this: the people of the United States are done kneeling before a would-be king. This is the day he feared most. This is the day America stood up and said, once again, no kings.”

In the weeks leading up to ‘No Kings,’ Trump and his gangsters had characterized the movement as radically anti-American, and potentially subversive. House Speaker Mike Johnson jumped onboard, calling it the ‘Hate America‘ rally, with “all the Marxists, antifas, Black Lives Matter remnants, pro-Hamas Democrats — all gathering to scream and wail.” White House press secretary KKKaroline Leavitt declared the Democratic Party’s “main constituency is made up of Hamas terrorists, illegal aliens and violent criminals. That is who the Democrat Party is catering to.” This alarmist hyperbole coming from the administration is signaling that a government crackdown is imminent according to The Wall Street Journal and Reuters, as MAGA readies plans to undercut funding of liberal organizations. The WSJ sees the administration “preparing sweeping changes” at the IRS, allowing “the agency to pursue criminal inquiries of left-leaning groups more easily.” And, Reuters made note of investigations into “what the administration labels ‘domestic terror networks’, which includes non-profits and educational institutions.”

Trump has already initiated the ‘domestic terror‘ effort by designating ‘antifa‘ a ‘domestic terror organization‘ with issuance of an executive order, calling all appropriate agencies to “investigate, disrupt, and dismantle any and all illegal operations.” The president has made ‘antifa’, a loosely organized enterprise of anti-fascists, into a structured and formidable force to be reckoned with, and his call for action is likely to be a pretext for repression of legitimate political opposition on a broader scale.

So, while the organizers of ‘No Kings” deem it a huge success, with an estimated 7 million demonstrators nationwide protesting against Trump and his un-Americanism, the Daily Dose of Democracy site says, “In the ultimate pronouncement that ‘subtlety is dead,’ Donald Trump responded to the 7 million Americans who marched against him yesterday by posting an AI video of himself wearing a crown, flying a fighter jet, and literally [crapping] on America. Way to tell us how you feel, Donny! While this is a disgusting and immensely childish response, it proves that the rallies worked — Trump is shook by the outpouring of public fury and knows now just how many people oppose him and his despotic regime.” Poet Amanda Gorman has it right in her poem: “There is always light, if only we’re brave enough to see it. If only we are brave enough to be it.

click here to continue (link expands, click again to collapse)

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“Halloween”

“Some people are born for Halloween, and some are just counting the days until Christmas.”
~Stephen Graham Jones

“A grandmother pretends she doesn’t know who you are on Halloween.”
~Erma Bombeck

“Halloween isn’t the only time for ghosts and ghost stories. In Victorian Britain, spooky winter’s tales were part of the Christmas season, often told after dinner, over port or coffee.”
~Michael Dirda

“Acting is like a Halloween mask that you put on.”
~River Phoenix

“No trick or treaters came to my house for Halloween. For some reason, people around here are scared of me.”
~Glenn Danzig

Watch a movie on YouTube, for free. Here’s a documentary about Daniel Johnston. Enjoy!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

October 15 – 21, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back soon… Steinbruner… PG&E rate hike, human trafficking, crime in Aptos… Hayes… Beavers… Patton… A Definition Of Democracy… Matlock… Nobel participant… unnomination… desperation and laughter… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Lego Beach… Quotes on… “Protesting”

...

BEFORE THE COUNTY BUILDING AND AFTER THE 1955 FLOOD. That’s Soquel Street and the Soquel Bridge at the bottom and way atop the photo is the new Highway One Bridge. At the very bottom on the right you can see Riverside Electric. In between is the cleared area where the County Building would be built.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: October 15, 2025

OVERLOAD, OVERWHELM, OVER IT? Having an honest-to-goodness diagnosis of ADHD makes me have a little more grace with myself at times. That doesn’t mean I’m OK with the little “quirks” that come with the acronym. It is so much more than just “ooh, look, a squirrel!!” It’s hard to explain to people that sometimes you tell yourself that you have a thing you need to do, every day, for days on end – and you still don’t get the thing done! Once you actually start it, you are usually surprised by how not-awful it is. That should translate to a “just do it!” kind of attitude next time, but that’s rarely the case.

All of this, if that wasn’t clear, is a convoluted apology for not getting this column up on time. So sorry, mea culpa. I will try to do better 🙂 In the meantime, enjoy these submissions from our intrepid contributors! I’ll be back with the next one in a couple of days.

~Webmistress

...

[Halloween Pick: WEREWOLF] AN AMERICAN WEREWOLF IN LONDON. Philo. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

“Stay on the road. Keep clear of the moors.”

The story is simple: two American backpackers ignore the locals’ warnings, wander onto the moors, and one ends up cursed with full-moon-itis while the other returns as a wisecracking, rapidly decomposing ghost. What follows is a sharp blend of horror, dark humor, and some amazing makeup work.

The transformation scene – while dated by today’s standards – was groundbreaking for its time, delivering a visceral, painful metamorphosis and a final werewolf form that’s genuinely menacing. David Naughton makes for a sympathetic lycanthrope, Griffin Dunne shines as David’s decaying corpse conscience, and Jenny Agutter does her best as the nurse/love interest with questionable professional boundaries.

“An American Werewolf in London” remains the most watchable, witty, and downright entertaining werewolf film since the Golden Age.
~Sarge

OZZY: NO ESCAPE FROM NOW. Paramount+. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ****

A farewell performance you can’t roll your eyes at. Plenty of rock legends have milked “one last time” for decades – but not Ozzy. His “Back to the Beginning” concert on July 5th, 2025, really was the end. He was gone by the 22nd.

“No Escape From Now” is an unvarnished chronicle of both his career and more importantly, his final, lucid march toward the inevitable. It’s less a myth-making documentary than a brutally honest goodbye, showing the man behind the metal: frail, funny, and utterly self-aware. Through it all, Sharon Osbourne is the quiet backbone – tending, cajoling, and loving the battered but unbowed Prince of Darkness as he takes his final bow.

~Sarge

GOOD BOY. In theaters. Movie (6.8 IMDb) ****

Full disclosure: I was ready to hate this film. Any movie that makes people cry about a dog is a very bad thing, because ALL dogs are the Best People, so that’s an automatic red flag.

But Good Boy surprised me. It’s a horror film told from the dog’s perspective – not another “evil dog” flick or a cheap scare where the pet gets offed to raise the stakes. Here, Indy the Dog follows his troubled Person into a forest full of strange smells, eerie silences, and one especially bad not-Person who clearly means trouble. Bad not-Person!

Some have called it slow, but I found it quietly tense, the way good horror should build. And yes, it includes one truly wrenching moment that no good dog should face. Still, it’s worth a watch – just make sure to hug your own dog after.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: VAMPIRE] THE HUNGER. Tubi. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ****

Incredibly stylish Vampire film from 1983 by Tony Scott. Starring Catherine Deneuve, David Bowie, and Susan Sarandon.

A young, lanky Sarandon stars as a doctor caught between two vampires — Bowie, seeking a cure for his decay, and the impossibly elegant Deneuve, the ageless predator in search of a new consort. With a soundtrack that swings from Bauhaus to Delibes and lush, stylized cinematography, The Hunger remains an elegant, sensual cornerstone of modern vampire cinema.

~Sarge

WEAPONS. In theatres, Apple TV. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ***-

Weapons: “Pulp Fiction” meets “The Monsters Are Due on Maple Street”.

A perfect suburban horror: 17 children get up in the middle of the night, and run off into oblivion. The problem is, they’re all from the same class. The problem is, it’s the entire class…but one. The problem is, it must be the teacher.

Or is it.

The film structures its mystery through overlapping points of view, evoking Pulp Fiction’s fractured narrative. At the same time, it channels Rod Serling’s “The Monsters Are Due On Maple Street”, where paranoia and fear become more destructive than the supposed threat itself. Just when the audience feels grounded, the story pivots in an unexpected direction.

The cast is anchored by the elfin Julia Garner (Ozark), Josh Brolin (“Thanos” Avengers), and Benedict Wong (Doctor Strange). Rather than relying on gore or jump scares, the film builds an atmosphere of unease that lingers after.

It’s unsettling, thought-provoking, and worth a watch.
~Sarge

WEDNESDAY (Season 2). Netflix. Series (8 IMDb) ****

Learning from Season 1, they eschew romance for Wednesday and instead keep her caught between her rocky relationship with her mother (Morticia, played by Catherine Zeta-Jones) and her attempts to thwart a tragic prophecy (how very unlike Wednesday).

This season brings a slew of new guest stars, including Lady Gaga, Christopher Lloyd (he was Fester in the ’90s Addams Family movies), Steve Buscemi, and Billie Piper (pop singer and Rose from Doctor Who), along with brief surprise returns from Christina Ricci (she played Wednesday in the ’90s films) and Gwendoline Christie. Breakout new character Agnes DeMille (played by Evie Templeton – a young actress to watch for) steals many of the scenes she’s in.

Sadly, the show still features the “Outcasts” as a marginalized group, as it did in Season 1. I’ve always felt the Addams Family worked best when their innocent bewilderment at their effect on “normies” drove the humor. Still, the season offers plenty of laughs and a terrific cast to carry you through. Worth a watch.

Snap! Snap!

~Sarge

...

Gillian will be back soon!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

ATTEND THIS TO HELP STOP HUMAN TRAFFICKING IN SANTA CRUZ COUNTY
Human trafficking is happening in Santa Cruz County, according to the 2024-2025 County Civil Grand Jury Report.
 
Here is one thing you can do to help strop it and prevent our youth from falling prey to social media traffickers: Attend the October 28 fundraiser  film screening “Volunteers Needed” about criminal orphanage enterprises around the world that take children from families to place them in institutions to profit from voluntourism, deceiving well-meaning individuals and church groups and raking in massive profits.
 
RisingWorldwide.org/
 
Make a difference by becoming informed.

Listen to the “Community Matters” interviews of October 10 with Film maker Barak Laub and Rising Worldwide human trafficking survivor Jess T.

Also listen to the September 19 interview with staff from Arukah Project, also working to end human trafficking and to support those who escape.
Community Matters on SantaCruzVoice
 
WATSONVILLE CITY MAYOR’S POLICY PROHIBITS PUBLIC COMMENT

At the October 14, 2025 Watsonville City Council meeting, the Mayor Maria Orozco and City Manager Tamara  Vides scheduled a presentation on the controversial Seahawk Energy project (90 Minto Road, Watsonville)  to be included on the agenda as the tenth and final “Presentation” on the agenda, and that immediately followed the “Open Public Comment” portion of the agenda. 
 
Many members of the public came to the meeting to hear the presentation and to speak to the Council regarding concerns.  Many, including myself, were unfamiliar with Watsonville City Council meetings, and believed that the proper time to speak on the controversial topic would be after the presentation.  Therefore we did not speak during “Open Public Comment”.
 
Halfway through the presentations, one Councilwoman Ari Parker asked the Mayor Orozco if she would reconsider her standing policy to not allow public comment on any item included in the “Presentation” portion of the agenda, because many people in the audience may not have been aware that their time to speak on the controversial topic would have been during “Open Public Comment”. The Mayor had made no announcement of such opportunity to inform the public at the beginning of “Public Comment”. 
 
The Mayor Maria Orozco refused, even though many people voiced that they were not aware of her unwritten policy.

City Manager, Ms. Tamara Vides, then stated that she had decided that it would be better to arrange another public meeting with the Seahawk project developer, Mr. Max Christian, for a later date.
 
After Mr. Christian’s presentation, during which the Mayor quieted some people in the audience interjecting oppositional information, one elderly woman approached the podium and asked to speak about the topic.  Mayor Orozco refused, turned off the podium microphone and called for a five-minute Council recess.
 
Does Mayor Orozco’s unwritten policy to prohibit public comment and lack of written explanation of such on the agenda violate the Brown Act?  It is my understanding that the public is allowed to comment on any item included on the agenda.
 

Here is how the Agenda reads:

PRESENTATIONS & ORAL COMMUNICATIONS

This time is set aside for members of the general public to address the Council on any item not on the Council Agenda, which is within the subject matter jurisdiction of the City Council. No action or discussion shall be taken on any item presented except that any Council Member may respond to statements made or questions asked, or may ask questions for clarification. All matters of an administrative nature will be referred to staff. All matters relating to Council will be noted in the minutes and may be scheduled for discussion at a future meeting or referred to staff for clarification and report. 

ALL SPEAKERS ARE ASKED TO FILL OUT A SPEAKER CARD & LEAVE IT AT THE PODIUM. SPEAKERS ARE ASKED TO ANNOUNCE THEIR NAME AND DISTRICT IN WHICH THEY LIVE IN ORDER TO OBTAIN AN ACCURATE RECORD FOR THE MINUTES.

How would the public know that Mayor Orozco had made the policy to not allow public comment on presentations at the time they occur on the agenda?
 
Would she have reconsidered if the topic were not controversial?  Does she have a conflict of interest in that she is the analyst for 4th District County Supervisor Felipe Hernandez, who supports putting the 300+ cargo containers filled with flammable, explosive lithium batteries on 90 Minto Road, next to the Schapiro Knolls affordable housing complex, and adjacent to the dense blue-collar subdivisions of Diamond Estates, Amador and many other smaller neighborhoods?  
 
Does City Manager Tamara Vides also have a conflict of interest, serving on the Executive Board of Central Coast Community Energy (3CE)  and is awaiting the opportunity to support a Power Purchase Agreement with Mr. Christian for the Seahawk project?  Did that relationship influence in her actions to arrange the Council agenda such that Mr. Christian’s presentation would prevent public comment, under Mayor Orozco’s unwritten policy?  Leaders of local grassroots groups had contacted Ms. Vides in advance to confirm the date of Mr. Christian’s presentation but she refused any confirmation, and she refused to allow the groups’ requests for presentation time as well.
 
Write to the City Council with your thoughts. Watsonville City Council 
 
 
Shouldn’t Mayor Orozco include written explanation on all agendas of her policy to prohibit public comment on presentations other than during the Open Comment time preceding them?   
 
Do you think she has a conflict of interest in this 90 Minto Road battery energy storage project that her employer supports and is pushing the County to allow via a new Ordinancei?  
 
Do you think City Manager Tamara Vides has a conflict of interest regarding the 90 Minto Road project in that she serves on the 3CE Executive Board? 
 
 
CRIME IN APTOS?
A recent series of burglaries in Aptos brought about a public meeting with Sheriff staff to discuss the problem. Santa Cruz County Sheriff’s Office details rare spate of Aptos burglaries. [Santa Cruz Sentinel]
 
I was not able to attend it, but others expressed their concerns.
 
Many thanks to my friend, Al, for sending the link to this County Sheriff Dept. dashboard for incidents in the County: Agency – EIS CSP Mapping Portal

FUNDING AFFORDABLE HOUSING IN THE CITY OF SANTA CRUZ? LISTEN FRIDAY FOR INFORMATION ON SANTA CRUZ CITY MEASURES B & C 

City of Santa Cruz voters’ ballots include Measure B and Measure C and both pertain to funding affordable housing in the City.  Listen in on “Community Matters”  Friday, 2pm-4pm, to learn more about these two ballot measures.  Guest  Renee Mello will be interviewed at 2:10pm Pacific Standard Time, and Guest Elaine Johnson will be interviewed at 3:10pm.
 
Listen from your computer or smart device.
 
At discretion of the Guests, we may or may not be taking calls from the audience.  
 
Learn more about Measures B and C here.

SPEAK UP THIS WEEK ABOUT PG&E PROPOSED RATE HIKE

There are no limits on how often utilities can raise rates—or by how much. The California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) can stop this—but only if we hold them accountable.

RAISE YOUR VOICE!

Join other California ratepayers and call into the virtual CPUC meeting on 10/23 at 6:00 PM

View 10/23 Event Details

PG&E wants to pass massive costs to you:

  • $1.237 billion increase in 2027

  • 6% annual increases through 2030

  • By 2030, bills could be 14% higher than today

  • PG&E customers could pay $11.3 billion more over 2027–2030

PG&E calls it the “lowest increase in a decade” — but for Californians, it means higher bills while the cost of living soars.

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING OR FILM SCREENING ON HUMAN TRAFFICKING.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Beavers

Photo credit: D. Gordon E. Robertson – Own work, CC BY-SA 3.0,

Beavers are again being recognized by humans as creatures crucial to holding together the natural world across much of North America and Europe. Where they are able, beavers create wetlands. Those beaver wetlands do so much for so many other beings, including us. Let’s explore California’s beaver resurgence for a few minutes.

History

There once were two beaver species, then only one living alongside indigenous people, then even those were nearly wiped out. In modern time, beavers have been variously killed, ignored, restored, or coexisted with. The Big Beaver of the Pleistocene, like so many other species, winked out when humans arrived on the continent. Probably they were too tasty. Its smaller cousin, though, survived. There are names for beaver in many native people’s languages across California. But the Old World Peoples persecuted both the native peoples and the beaver. Beavers were trapped to extirpation so early in those terrible times that as records started being written, there was already doubt that beavers had ever been in most places across the State. The state’s wildlife department finally protected the few remaining of the species and then began restoring them. Beavers, farmers, water managers, and road departments had problems working it out, so the State started allowing, and still allows, beavers to be killed where they cause too big of problem.

Over the past 20 years, brilliant folks from Back East figured out a way to solve some of those problems, so beaver coexistence technology is now a thing in California. At the same time, in just the last 5 years, our wildlife officials have started translocating problem beavers to restore the species in more places. These recent pro-beaver developments come just in time for so many reasons.

Beaver Biota

Where beaver go, many follow. Three weeks ago, I saw a river otter stick its head out of the water in a pond behind a beaver dam. River otters follow beavers as do ducks, egrets, herons, kingfishers and so much more. Rare amphibians and reptiles likely were once more abundant due to beavers, including California red-legged frogs, San Francisco garter snakes, California tiger salamanders, Western pond turtles, and Santa Cruz long-toed salamanders. Mostly, those rare species rely on manmade cattle or farm ponds nowadays, but what about before those?

I have studied the landscape for 50 miles in every direction around Santa Cruz and have found very few natural ponds. Coastal ponds are either in earthquake faults, vernal pools in ancient dune declivities (e.g., Ft. Ord), or impoundments at the back of more modern dunes. These situations are all quite rare. Looking further abroad, there are more vernal pools in the Central Valley and one can imagine oxbow lakes along many of California’s rivers before modern humans messed so much by channelizing rivers. If we could restore beaver to the landscape, I’m betting we could recover frogs, snakes, turtles and salamanders…and even fish! Most agree that California’s many species of super endangered salmon once thrived in the food-rich backwaters of beaver ponds.

I could go on and on about the many other wetland species that follow beaver pond architecture, but I’m thinking you get the idea.

Fire Stop

Recently, “Smokey the Beaver” has become a meaningful meme. In the past decade Californians have witnessed catastrophic infernos raging across the landscape like no one had previously imagined was possible. Across the West and north through Canada the same pattern has been emerging: big, big fires fueled by climate-change-induced drought, heat, and winds. The solution to fire: water. When beavers dam rivers and streams, they create fire breaks. In the huge footprints of “The Big Black,” post-fire, thank the beaver for the green strips that offer refuge to whatever wildlife may have survived the blaze. I have stood my ground on the edge of two approaching wildfires and have witnessed masses of fleeing deer, rabbits, wood rats and more running from the flames. I imagine those creatures finding beaver wetlands and hunkering down, eyes wide, hearts racing as the world around them crackles, roars, and burns. Beaver firebreaks can help save human lives and infrastructure, as well.

The Wetting

Beavers make it possible to rehydrate the West. Their dams are speed bumps for floods, slowing the surge, spreading floodwaters across floodplains, and hydrating large swaths of valley bottoms. By storing rainwater behind their dams, beavers keep streams and rivers flowing farther into the season of California’s long, dry summer. As water slows down behind beaver ponds, it can more readily recharge groundwater, too. Some have suggested that restoring beavers across the mountain meadows of the Sierra Nevada could store as much water as 2 large new reservoirs. That would be cheaper…and more sustainable!

Monterey Bay’s Beavers

Beavers are in the Salinas River all the way down to the Highway One bridge. Those riverine beavers are bank burrowers…they don’t make dams in such big rivers, but they sure like to eat the willows. You’d have to go south to San Luis Obispo before you found another beaver family. And, travelling north you would have to get onto private land along Butano Creek in San Mateo County to encounter our beaver buddies. Sometimes that population makes a more public showing downstream in the Pescadero marsh, where one mysteriously died this past year. What about prime beaver habitat in the Carmel, Pajaro, and San Lorenzo rivers? When will beavers arrive in those locations? Corralitos, Soquel, and Scott creeks also offer promising beaver habitat. Perhaps one day we can find a way to offer beavers a place alongside humans in some of those rivers or streams. Help spread the word!

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, October 14, 2025
#287 / A Definition Of Democracy

Pictured above is Osita Nwanevu, as he is being interviewed by Ross Douthat, a “conservative” columnist for The New York Times. Nwanevu is the author of The Right of the People: Democracy and the Case for a New American Founding. He is a contributing editor at The New Republic and is the Democratic Institutions fellow at the Roosevelt Institute.

The exchange between Nwanevu and Douthat is lengthy – and I think it is very much worthwhile. If you would like to read what Nwanevu has to say, the next link should get you there, and it should get you there “paywall free,” besides. The Douthat column is titled, “Abolish the Senate. End the Electoral College. Pack the Court. Why the left can’t win without a new Constitution.” I was most taken by Nwanevu’s definition of “Democracy.”

As those who read my blog postings with any regularity will probably remember, I don’t much like to advertise “Democracy” as the kind of government we need. I strongly prefer the term, “Self-Government.” The term “Democracy,” as I understand it, focuses mainly on voting, with the majority vote deciding what happens. While it’s my view that voting is critically important, I don’t think that voting is nearly as important as our personal participation in politics. Examine the quoted material below, and you will see why I am recommending that you read the entirety of Nwanevu’s conversation with Douthat.

Incidentally, you can “listen” to the discussion, if you’d prefer to do that, instead of reading what Douthat and Nwanevu have to say. There is a link to an audio discussion, right near the beginning. It is titled, “Is Trump a Test or Triumph for Democracy?” Reading or listening, I like what Nwanevu has to say about “Democracy” [Emphasis added]:

Douthat:

In your description, I think you can see two potential takeaways that people trying to reformulate ideas for the Democratic Party could draw from the election. The idea that voters were asked to choose between abstractions and kitchen table issues, you get the argument that, basically, what the Democratic Party needs to do is just focus on those kitchen table issues, have policy debates, argue about specific issues — health care, education, the environment, and so on — and not get caught up in larger theories of how democracy works.

But you do have a larger theory of how democracy doesn’t work in America right now, and how it should work. So, give me your definition of democracy. What is a democracy? 

Nwanevu:

A democracy is a system in which the governed govern. You can read a lot of political theory, you can read the classics — I don’t think you get a definition that is more succinct than that. Another formulation is Lincoln’s government “of, by, and for the people.”

And so, in a democracy, the people themselves are the people who govern. It’s not entrusted as a responsibility to some alien authority, some external power, some other hierarchy. People take on the responsibility and burden and promise of governing themselves. That’s the core idea.

In the kind of “Democracy” that Nwanevu is talking about, we do not have a government in which we elect the people, who hire the people, who run our lives for us.

If we are discouraged and despairing about the future of our government (and I’m thinking that most of us are), it’s because we have set up a system in which others are doing the governing. That doesn’t work. That’s not the kind of “Democracy” we expect. The kind of “Democracy” that works is a system in which the “governed” govern.

Have you been “governing,” today?

If not, it’s no wonder that you are discouraged and despairing. But there’s only one solution if you are.

We can’t have “self-government,” we can’t have the kind of “Democracy” that Nwanevu is talking about, unless we are, lots of us, personally engaged in politics and government.

If we’re not (and we’re not) a significant time reallocation is required!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
MIDDLE EAST RIVIERA, TUBMAN, VENEZUELA TWO-STEP

Poor President Trump will have to wait another year in his attempt to convince the Peace Research Institute in OsloNorway that he deserves the Nobel Peace Prize, as they probably considered his obsession a running joke in their deliberations. Humorist Andy Borowitz, tongue firmly planted in cheek, wrote, “Though the committee did not bestow its prize on Trump, it did recognize him with a laser printed ‘certificate of participation,’ saying ‘his entry gave us many hours of welcome laughter.‘” His quest to be awarded the prize has been front and center since his return to office but that fixation is seen by foreign diplomats as fodder for wisecracks, since TACO Trump hasn’t even been able to focus on the Ukraine situation, despite his claim to have solved eight wars — or is it nine now that his push for peace in Gaza seems fruitful? It’s ironic that the Norwegian committee held its final meeting two days before Trump announced the first phase of the possible mid-east truce on Truth Social, with many critics hailing it as a major achievement. And, besides, the Russia-Ukraine dilemma is just too difficult to mess with, considering his relationship with Comrade Putin.

Trump’s desperation for the prize, coupled with his belief that he would be passed over by the committee, led him to bitterly declare, “They will never give me a Nobel Peace Prize. It’s too bad. I deserve it, but they will never give it to me.” Wow, he was correct on one point, but wrong on the other, and as Clarence Lusane writes on Nation of Change there are ten reasons for not deserving the honor — ten being just a nice round number. Lusane describes himself as a political scientist, focusing on human rights, global racial justice, and social movements, and having given thought and study on the Nobel Peace Prize, having taught a course on the prize at American University, and spending time at the Nobel Peace Center museum and the Norwegian Nobel Institute. In these capacities he has been able to review various documents, such as nomination letters.

From his activities, Lusane is categorized as one who can officially make a nomination for a desired recipient, a category which includes members of ‘parliamentary assemblies,’ previous Nobel Peace Prize Laureates, directors of peace research institutes and foreign policy institutes, members of international courts, members of the Norwegian Nobel Peace Prize Committee, and university professors. Lusane explains that whole the Committee has “never explicitly stated that such a thing is possible, I’m going to assume that I can also make an ‘unnomination.‘” For instance, there were many letters of support for Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.’s nomination in 1963 and into 1964, there were also letters asking the Prize Committee to deny him the prize, most coming from individuals ineligible to make, or unmake, such a request.

This leads Lusane to say, “I can think of no one more deserving of being unnominated for a Nobel Peace Prize than President Donald Trump. His record of authoritarian and antidemocratic rule grows more dangerous and harmful by the day, not just for the United States but for the entire global community. And yet he has been nominated by Republican sycophants in Congress who seek his favor, and global strongmen, including Gabon’s President Brice Oligui Nguema, who came to power thanks to a military coup, and Azerbaijan’s Ilham Aliyev, who has been that country’s president for 22 years. They all understand that such recommendations appeal to his need for adulation and blunt any criticisms he may have of their own behavior.” The Nobel Committee keeps all nominations secret for fifty years, so the only way Trump and the world would know that a person nominated him is if they themselves made it public.

The Committee considers a nominee’s work in the previous year, making Trump’s ‘peace’ efforts during his first term in office, and the time out of office, not a factor. Lusane then examines the president’s first eight months in office in 2025, asking his question: “What has Trump done so far this year to NOT deserve the award?” Number one on his list: Pardoning and commuting prison sentences of 1,500 J-6 rioters; second, his immoral and radicalized campaign against undocumented immigrants who are “poisoning the blood of the country,” kidnappings of American streets, and renditions to foreign gulags; third, he shut down the United States Agency for International Development, precipitating loss of education for 23 million children, with another 95 million losing access to basic healthcare which could result in 3 million more preventable annual deaths; fourth, deploying ICENational Guard troops in US cities, which sparked resistance and violence, all while claiming that troops were quelling widespread criminality; fifth, imperialistic threats to CanadaGreenland, and the Panama Canal.

Reason #6, demanded Brazil stop “persecution” of his buddy, Jair Bolsonaro, who attempted to stop transition of power following a legitimate election — “a witch hunt” according to Trump; seventh, issued an unconstitutional order threatening two US professors for their work with the International Criminal Court, resulting in two federal judges concluding he was violating the First Amendment’s right to free speech; eighth, bombing of three nuclear sites in Iran under distinctly dubious legal authority, and despite Trump’s boast that the facilities were “completely and fully obliterated,” the truth came out that it was a setback of only a few months which led to War Secretary Hegseth firing Lieutenant General Jeffrey Kruse who reported the botched air action; ninth, Trump withdrew the country from critical international bodies that work with 46 European governments and organizations to address issues of discrimination; tenth, despite his claim of ending seven wars, he is/was complicit in the genocide and famine in GazaLusane continues, “His unholy alliance with Israel Prime Minister Netanyahu has meant a lot of performative concern about starvation and tens of thousands of deaths in Gaza along an unending supply of weapons for Israel. His insensitivity to the suffering has only been compounded by this disturbing desire to cleanse the area of Palestinians and develop what he’s called a ‘Riviera of the Middle East.'”

And mind you, I won’t even count President Trump’s ‘pathetic’ groveling campaign for the Peace Prize as one of the reasons he shouldn’t get it. That seems almost self-evident. It reminds me of comedian Steven Wright’s joke: ‘I’d kill for a Nobel Peace Prize.’ It’s impossible to imagine Nelson Mandela, Jimmy Carter, or Martin Luther King Jr., calling officials in Norway and begging for the prize as Trump recently did; or, for that matter, using his platform at the United Nations to falsely claim that ‘everyone says I should get the Nobel Peace Prize,’ just a few weeks after starting his killing campaign with military strikes in international waters in the Caribbean without due process or legal recourse, not to speak of changing the name of the Department of Defense to the Department of War,” charges Lusane. A Washington Post-Ipsos poll found that 76 percent of Americans don’t believe that he deserves the award, including 49 percent of Republicans, who believe that the award must be EARNED.

Lusane romps on with his anti-Trump diatribe: “His authoritarian push to reshape the US and demean all its governing, social, financial, and cultural institutions is itself a threat to peace. He continues to attack a free press, bully universities, ignore judicial orders, abuse the very principle of a separation of powers, and openly seeks to rig elections in his favor. Forget for the moment the fascism, authoritarianism, patrimonialism, retribution, bigotry, corruption, greed, mendacity, and incompetence — his one character trait that should be considered most disqualifying is his cruelty. His lust for revenge and power has brought unspeakable malice and pain to undocumented immigrants, LGBTQ families, federal workers, foreign students, and any number of individuals whom he feels have challenged him.” Who can forget at the assassinated Charlie Kirk’s memorial service, his widow forgave the shooter, stating that, “the answer to hate is not hate,” and Trump’s retort, “I hate my opponents, and I don’t want the best for them.”

The Nobel Prize criteria for nominees, and for awarding the final award, is to “the person who has done the most or best to advance fellowship among nations, the abolition or reduction of standing armies, and the establishment and promotion of peace congresses.” Trump has a long uphill slog to even come close in the next year. Lusane concludes, “Let Trump continue to whine and play the victim as he manifests his doctrine of intimidation, bribes, and palling around with authoritarians. In the not-too-distant future, history will extensively document and abhor the outrages and inhumanity of the Trump era, recording it with the same disdain and dismay that now is used for the eras of slavery and segregation, or the McCarthy years. Let’s hope that the Nobel Peace Prize never becomes another institution that Trump disgraces and diminishes.”

Satirical writer, Andy Borowitz couldn’t let the Trump/Nobel Show pass without his own contribution: “OSLO, NORWAY (The Borowitz Report) — After promising on Truth Social that the gathering would be ‘wild,’ on Friday Donald J. Trump summoned angry supporters to rally outside the headquarters of the Norwegian Nobel Committee. Urging his irate loyalists to ‘stop the steal,’ Trump declared, ‘If you want to win the Nobel Peace Prize, you’ve got to fight like hell.’ In a brief public statement, the Norwegian Nobel Committee, said, ‘What a effing baby.‘”

Trump may have to console himself with news that the US Treasury has released the first drafts of imagery for a new $1 coin to commemorate America’s 250th birthday and the President, who ostensibly will be in the Oval Office at that celebratory time. US Treasurer Brandon Beach says more information will be forthcoming after the “obstructionist shutdown” of the government is over. The first images depict Trump’s side profile on the front side, with the word ‘LIBERTY‘ at the top, and ‘In God We Trust‘ below the profile. The reverse side contains the overused image of Trump raising his fist as seen in photos following the ButlerPA assassination attempt, with a billowing US flag in the background, and words ‘FIGHT, FIGHT, FIGHT‘ at the top. At this time it isn’t clear the controversial coin will ever be minted, being against the law to display the image of a sitting president or living former president. A two-year lapse is required following a president’s death to have his or her features on a coin, according to the US code governing coin design. Congress has passed the Circulating Collectible Coin Redesign Act, allowing the Treasury to mint special $1 coins to celebrate the upcoming anniversary for a one-year period beginning on January 1, “with designs emblematic of the United States semiquincentennial.”

The law also states, “No head and shoulders portrait or bust of any person, living or dead, and no portrait of a living person may be included on the reverse of specified coins.” So, does the side view portrait of Trump featured on the front side of the proposed coin, not the reverse, observe the law? The reverse side still features Trump, but the Butler image falls outside of the direct language “head and shoulders portrait or bust.” Treasurer Beach confirms that the drafts with Trump hogging both sides are legitimate, but a Treasury spokesperson emphasizes that a final design has not been chosen — though “the first draft reflects well the enduring spirit of our country and democracy, even in the face of immense obstacles,” and they look forward to sharing more soon. Thanks, we can hardly wait! The only living president to be featured on a coin was Calvin Coolidge in 1926, according to The American Numismatic Association.

To commemorate the 150th anniversary of the signing of the Declaration of Independence, and to finance the Sesquicentennial Exposition in Philadelphia, a million half-dollar coins were authorized, portraying the heads of George Washington and ‘silent Cal‘ facing right on the front, and a cracked Liberty Bell on the reverse, with the inscription ‘Sesquicentennial of American Independence.’ The Exposition Commission overestimated the public’s interest in the coin, and though the Exhibition was well-attended, 859,408 half-dollars were returned to the Philadelphia Mint, melting into history. NBC’s Saturday Night Live News Update has an idea that might spur interest in any Trump coin: Instead of Trump’s raised fist image from the ButlerPA photo, why not show Trump holding Harriet Tubman in a headlock on the reverse side?

The Nobel Committee’s selection of Venezuela’s María Corina Machado, an opposition leader driven into hiding since the country’s disputed 2024 election, for her keeping “the flame of democracy burning amid a growing darkness, and for her struggle to achieve a just and peaceful transition from dictatorship to democracy.” Machado has described her life’s work as promoting “ballots over bullets,” with the Nobel Committee lauding her as “one of the most extraordinary examples of civilian courage in Latin America in recent times.” In her statement of acceptance, Machado said the prize belongs to the people of Venezuela: “It is a recognition of what we have achieved together and a reminder of what still remains,” adding that it should act as an impetus for Venezuelans to complete the task of achieving freedom. Although the White House was disgruntled at the Nobel Committee’s choice, earlier this year President Trump had nothing but praise for Machado for “peacefully expressing the voices and the WILL of the Venezuelan people.” Trump claimed that he spoke to her after the award was announced globally, and that she was “very nice” during their call. “The person who actually got the Nobel Prize called today, called me and said, ‘I’m accepting this in honor of you, because you really deserved it,'” the president declared. WAIT a damn minute! Wasn’t she quoted as saying the prize belongs to the people of Venezuela? Sounds kinda fishy…definitely lacking in truthiness…the only list Trump belongs on is Epstein’s list!

But then, Machado told El País newspaper that Venezuelans are “deeply grateful” to the US president, and earlier she publicly thanked him on social media “for his decisive support of our cause. We are on the threshold of victory, and today more than ever we count on President Trump, the people of the United States, the people of Latin America, and the democratic nations of the world as our main allies in achieving freedom and democracy. Venezuela will be free!” Her efforts have become more difficult with the deterioration of her country’s democratic institutions due to despotic crackdowns by President Maduro’s government. “Everyone in Venezuela is afraid of losing our freedom or even our lives,” she explained to CNN’s Christiane Amanpour. “But above all we are committed to make the truth prevail…and get a transition to democracy peacefully.”

It’s curious that the prize award comes at this time of rising antagonism between the US and Venezuela, with the US military conducting lethal strikes on boats off the coast of Venezuela, which the Trump White House has deemed to be “narco-trafficking vessels.” Evidence of any kind to support this action is totally lacking, so they could be fishing boats, pleasure boats or conveyances for carrying paying passengers to other ports — the last boat destroyed was said to have several Columbian citizens aboard. Also, the US has deployed at least seven warships to the southern Caribbean, while announcing a $50 million reward for information leading to President Maduro’s arrest stemming from formal drug trafficking charges in 2020 by the Justice Department.

Also curious is an email from CodePink.org, which decries the selection of Machado as a Nobel recipient. CodePink is a feminist grassroots organization working to end US warfare and imperialism, support peace and human rights initiatives, and redirect resources into healthcare, education, green jobs and other life-affirming programs, according to their website. The writer of this particular message claims to be Venezuelan-American who knows exactly what Machado represents, whose politics have brought much suffering to that country while functioning as a polished spokesperson for sanctions, privatization, and foreign intervention disguised as democracy. Machado is accused of working hand-in-hand with Washington to justify regime change, demanding foreign military intervention to “liberate” Venezuela through force, and cheering on Trump’s threats of invasion and his naval show of force in the Caribbean. Further, she is accused of wanting to hand over the country’s oil, water, and infrastructure to private corporations, “…the same recipe that made Latin America the laboratory of neoliberal misery in the 1990s.”

CodePink says that Machado praises Trump’s “decisive action” against a “criminal enterprise,” aligning herself with the man who cages migrant children and tears families apart under ICE’s watch while Venezuelan mothers search for their children disappeared by US migration policies. The email says Machado isn’t a symbol of peace or progress, the ideology being a belief that lives are disposable, that sovereignty is negotiable, and that violence can be sold as order. CodePink sums it up with: “If Henry Kissinger could win a Nobel Peace Prize, why not María Corina Machado? Maybe next year they’ll give it to the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation for ‘compassion under occupation,’ or the Palestinian journalists in Gaza who, with no safety or rest, document the bombings, name the victims, and keep the truth alive when the world looks away.” Too late for debate, or the ‘unnomination,’ this year.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“Protesting”

“If you are neutral in situations of injustice, you have chosen the side of the oppressor. If an elephant has its foot on the tail of a mouse, and you say that you are neutral, the mouse will not appreciate your neutrality.”
~Desmond Tutu

“Nothing strengthens authority so much as silence.”
~Leonardo da Vinci

“I love America more than any other country in the world and, exactly for this reason, I insist on the right to criticize her perpetually.”
~James Baldwin

“Those who make peaceful revolution impossible will make violent revolution inevitable.”
~John F. Kennedy

“He who passively accepts evil is as much involved in it as he who helps to perpetrate it. He who accepts evil without protesting against it is really cooperating with it.”
~Martin Luther King, Jr.

This video is 4 years old, but I very much doubt that things are much better… It’s worth a watch though.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

October 8 – 14, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on the future of the Santa Cruz Wharf… Steinbruner… Do you live close enough for your ballot to be counted?!… Hayes… California Ground Squirrel… Patton… Jane Goodall’s last words… Matlock… plotless teleprompter… just have a good time… boob bait… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… the internet is a glittering rainbow… Quotes on… “Rain”

...

SANTA CRUZ FIRE DEPARTMENT. There’s no dates on the license plates in this photo so I can’t tell the date. The Civic hasn’t changed much, but we did get some new fire engines.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: October 8, 2025

THIS WEEK! Read this week’s column, because the next one will be here soon!

~Webmistress

...

GOOD BOY. In theaters. Movie (6.8 IMDb) ****

Full disclosure: I was ready to hate this film. Any movie that makes people cry about a dog is a very bad thing, because ALL dogs are the Best People, so that’s an automatic red flag.

But Good Boy surprised me. It’s a horror film told from the dog’s perspective – not another “evil dog” flick or a cheap scare where the pet gets offed to raise the stakes. Here, Indy the Dog follows his troubled Person into a forest full of strange smells, eerie silences, and one especially bad not-Person who clearly means trouble. Bad not-Person!

Some have called it slow, but I found it quietly tense, the way good horror should build. And yes, it includes one truly wrenching moment that no good dog should face. Still, it’s worth a watch – just make sure to hug your own dog after.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: VAMPIRE] THE HUNGER. Tubi. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ****

Incredibly stylish Vampire film from 1983 by Tony Scott. Starring Catherine Deneuve, David Bowie, and Susan Sarandon.

A young, lanky Sarandon stars as a doctor caught between two vampires — Bowie, seeking a cure for his decay, and the impossibly elegant Deneuve, the ageless predator in search of a new consort. With a soundtrack that swings from Bauhaus to Delibes and lush, stylized cinematography, The Hunger remains an elegant, sensual cornerstone of modern vampire cinema.

~Sarge

WEAPONS. In theatres, Apple TV. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ***-

Weapons: “Pulp Fiction” meets “The Monsters Are Due on Maple Street”.

A perfect suburban horror: 17 children get up in the middle of the night, and run off into oblivion. The problem is, they’re all from the same class. The problem is, it’s the entire class…but one. The problem is, it must be the teacher.

Or is it.

The film structures its mystery through overlapping points of view, evoking Pulp Fiction’s fractured narrative. At the same time, it channels Rod Serling’s “The Monsters Are Due On Maple Street”, where paranoia and fear become more destructive than the supposed threat itself. Just when the audience feels grounded, the story pivots in an unexpected direction.

The cast is anchored by the elfin Julia Garner (Ozark), Josh Brolin (“Thanos” Avengers), and Benedict Wong (Doctor Strange). Rather than relying on gore or jump scares, the film builds an atmosphere of unease that lingers after.

It’s unsettling, thought-provoking, and worth a watch.
~Sarge

WEDNESDAY (Season 2). Netflix. Series (8 IMDb) ****

Learning from Season 1, they eschew romance for Wednesday and instead keep her caught between her rocky relationship with her mother (Morticia, played by Catherine Zeta-Jones) and her attempts to thwart a tragic prophecy (how very unlike Wednesday).

This season brings a slew of new guest stars, including Lady Gaga, Christopher Lloyd (he was Fester in the ’90s Addams Family movies), Steve Buscemi, and Billie Piper (pop singer and Rose from Doctor Who), along with brief surprise returns from Christina Ricci (she played Wednesday in the ’90s films) and Gwendoline Christie. Breakout new character Agnes DeMille (played by Evie Templeton – a young actress to watch for) steals many of the scenes she’s in.

Sadly, the show still features the “Outcasts” as a marginalized group, as it did in Season 1. I’ve always felt the Addams Family worked best when their innocent bewilderment at their effect on “normies” drove the humor. Still, the season offers plenty of laughs and a terrific cast to carry you through. Worth a watch.

Snap! Snap!

~Sarge

THE THURSDAY MURDER CLUB. Netflix. Movie (6.7 IMDb) ***
After a parade of smarmy Hallmark whodunits comes an honest-to-goodness real cozy mystery … starring Helen Mirren, Pierce Brosnan, Ben Kingsley, Celia Imrie, and David Tennant … directed by Chris Columbus (yes, that Chris Columbus: Harry Potter, Home Alone, The Goonies)! It’s a delight, and I already want a whole series.

The Thursday Murder Club follows a band of sharp-witted retirees in a retirement community who amuse themselves by cracking cold cases…until they stumble into a brand-new mystery – one that could turn them into the next victims. Fully worth a watch.
~Sarge

HONEY DON’T. In Theatres. Movie (5.7 IMDb) ***-
The Hate Child of Wes Anderson and Quentin Tarantino: Ethan Coen’s Honey Don’t

As a long-standing Coen Brothers fan, I approached Ethan Coen’s solo outing with some trepidation. On the surface, it’s a twist on the hard-boiled dick story—only without the dick. Margaret Qualley steps into the role with dry, sensual humor, wandering through the bleak romanticism of lovely Bakersfield. Aubrey Plaza shows up as, shocker, a “quirky” cop/love interest, but brings surprising spark and passion. And Chris Evans, finally tucking Captain America to bed, slimes it up as a skeezy small-town preacher.

The film stretches itself trying to cover too much emotional ground and juggles a few more story threads than it can quite manage. Still, even if it’s not top-shelf Coen, I’d argue any Coen is better than no Coen. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

...

October 6, 2025

Municipal Wharf’s Future

If you are interested in the future of the Santa Cruz Municipal Wharf you might be wondering what’s next?  The city held an open house to explore this topic on Tuesday September 30 at the nearby Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary Exploration Center – quite a mouthful for a boondoggle.

The event was disappointingly poorly attended. Those of us who did attend were treated to lots of good food, drinks, videos, professional displays, senior management staff and the chance to write down our thoughts on large paper tablets. Part of the low attendance may have been due to poor publicity. There was no posting to the Sentinel’s Coastlines column, a given if you want to reach much of the community. The city put insufficient postage on the postcard announcing the event sent to nearby residents, causing the Post Office to return the postcards to the city for additional postage, resulting in delivery the day before the event.

With new funding in place, the city is ready to embark on the implementation of the Wharf Master Plan, as well as repairs to the collapsed end of the Wharf. The decision by a subcommittee of three council members to repair a portion of the Wharf’s end, allowing for one sea lion viewing hole to be re-established has already been approved by council. However, that decision is not the end of the debate. Whether to rebuild the end to its former historical length, returning its status as one of five longest wood piling wharves (piers) in the world is still ostensibly undecided. Behind closed doors decisions may already have been made, but for public consumption that is still an open question.

The funding of $8.5 million has come mostly from the California Coastal Conservancy (CCC), with the city contributing $1.6 million. The CCC (a funding state agency associated with the CA Coastal Commission) cares a lot about access, especially for low-income and disadvantaged communities. Hence there is focus on nearby Beach Flats in the exchange between the CCC and the city. Probably the biggest draw for low-income residents and visitors alike is that the Wharf is free (except for car parking), fishing is free, as is enjoying the wildlife, both marine and avian. Beyond that, the consultant-driven ideas we were treated to at the open house were to my mind, cringe-worthy. The photo above, taken from one of the many display boards is an example. “Swings”? To resemble the davits that used to lift the fishing boats out of the water when storms hit, an improvement over the earlier need to take them to the more sheltered waters in Monterey. “Playful sea life shaped seats”? Hello Disneyland.

Other glossies showed picnic areas on the Wharf where you might bbq and eat the fish you have just caught. What sort of sanitized world do these consultants live in? I can just see stray hot coals rolling onto the flammable Wharf decking, the smoke from half-lit coals billowing towards lines of people walking along the Wharf, a nightmare for anyone with asthma or compromised breathing. I overheard a comment from staff about consultants suggesting that you need 30 attractions to keep people coming to an urban park. I may have the number wrong, but the concept is clear….and ridiculous. The Wharf in and of itself is the attraction. Even if there were no restaurants and no gift shops, the public would still delight in walking, biking, or driving a half-mile (slightly less for now) out into Monterey Bay, feeling the weather, watching the sea lions, sea otters and occasional dolphins and perhaps a whale or two, fishing or crabbing…all free and free from schlock.

Then there was the petition, circulated during the early days of the fight against the worst excesses of the Wharf Master Plan. Over two thousand people signed that petition in just over two weeks, with more than 300 adding personal comments, all speaking passionately in support of keeping the Wharf’s character in its present form without the sort of Disney additions proposed at that time and still being proposed today. Apparently, those voices don’t matter to the city. Consultants need to be consulted and paid.

A proposed Wharf gate is another example of unnecessary Wharf transformation in the Pier 39 format. The only missing option presented as a choice is the “no gate” option. When asked why a gate is necessary, the staff response is that visitors may not realize where the Wharf is located. That seems far-fetched except for the visually impaired. It also ignores the fact that a sign for the Wharf, admittedly low-key, was paid for and built near Cowell Beach parking lot when the Wharf roundabout was built. Shouldn’t we be working to save resources, not squander more? If you want to participate in this Wharf gate game, you can go to bit.ly/DesignTheSign.

This is just the beginning of proposed changes for the Wharf. Some of the changes (please don’t call them “improvements”) may be welcome. Others, such as in the photo and described above may be anathema. The driver is economic development despite the “concern” for the low-income folks. The group that successfully pushed back against the initial Wharf Master Plan, Don’t Morph the Wharf! is still active and engaged. We hope you will be too.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
YOUR BALLOT MIGHT NOT GET COUNTED

Last Tuesday, Santa Cruz County Clerk of Elections Ms. Tricia Webber testified about a new postal service policy that ballots deposited in the US Mail on November 4 from locations 50 miles away from the nearest regional postal center might not get postmarked until the next day, thereby causing such ballots to be deemed invalid.

Our nearest regional postal center is Richmond, which is more than 50 miles away. So, both she and the Secretary of State urge voters to deposit our ballot in a local drop box or in-person voting location if not mailed a full week ahead of the November 4 deadline.

If you must mail your ballot close to or on November 4, go into the post office and request a same-day postmark on your ballot.

Here is a map of where these regional postal centers are located. Are YOU within 50 miles? Are you SURE?!

Many thanks to Tricia Webber for this critical alert!

EXPENSIVE AND QUESTIONABLE SPECIAL MEETINGS TO SELECT NEW COUNTY ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER
Why did the Supervisors need to be in the lavish Hotel Paradox to conduct interviews, and why were the executive officers of outside agencies and non-profits allowed to be in the Closed Session interviews but not the general public???

Last week, I let readers know about the County Board of Supervisors holding two Special Board meetings in a lavish venue for the purpose of interviewing applicants for the new County Administrative Officer (CAO).

I attended the Monday, October 6 meeting and was quite surprised to see the room filled with not only the Supervisors—absent Supervisor Felipe Henandez, the Chair of the Board,—but also a few executive officers of local non-profits: Second Harvest Food Bank Executive Director, Erica Padilla-Chavez, and Central Coast Community Energy Director Rob Shaw. Also attending and participating in the interviews were elected officials such as County Office of Education Executive Director, Faris Sabbah, and County Sheriff Chris Clark. Hmmmm…… but the general public was not allowed.

Before the meeting began, I spoke with County Personnel Dept. Director Ms. Anjita Patel about the process.

Did the County hire a consultant to do this work to find a new CAO? Yes. Wendi Brown Cr26eative Partnership was hired to send out the notifications for the job opening, however Ms. Patel said she would be facilitating the interviews this time (unlike the same process when current CAO Carlos Palacios was anointed) in order to save on costs. She explained that the consultant has a broad network to send out the notifications and call for applicants.

WBCP, Inc – Executive Search, Recruiting and HR Consulting

How much did the contract with Wendi Brown consultants cost? Ms. Patel could not remember.

How many interviewees were there? She did not answer, but asked me to telephone her later.

The meeting began, but the there was no customary flag salute, even though the US and California flags had been provided. There was a call for public comment. I asked the Board to cancel their meeting venue with the Hotel Paradox scheduled for the following day, and hold it instead in the basement of the 701 Ocean Street building where their Regular Meeting was scheduled. What an irresponsible expenditure of public money to hold the meeting in the expensive hotel, especially having just heard last Tuesday’s tale of woe and impending “tsunami of budget cuts” from staff and executives from large local non-profits, such as Second Harvest Food Bank.

NO comment.

With permission of Vice Chair Monica Martinez, I snapped the photo below, showing only half the room full of people participating:

The next day, I attended the Regular Board meeting in the basement of 701 Ocean Street. I was surprised to find NO agenda on the table for the afternoon Special Board meeting. There was no agenda posted for the meetings in either of the public kiosks, either.

There had been a notice on the main entry doors that the regular Board meeting was being held in the basement, but nothing about the Special Board meeting in the Hotel Paradox,

I spoke with County Counsel Jason Heath about my concerns regarding lack of noticing for the two Special Board meetings. I mentioned that I felt the County had not complied with the Brown Act. “You can’t just say something is a Brown Act violation, you have to state the specific statutes.” he said.

I had already researched that a few days prior, so opened my notebook and cited Gov’t Code 54956(a) that requires Special Meetings to be posted 24 hours in advance in a location freely accessible to the public. “We put up a sign at the Hotel.” said Mr. Heath. I disagreed with his interpretation of that meeting requirements because why would anyone go to a private business to look for a notice of a County meeting? “People can walk in there and look,” he said.

He insisted the County had fully complied with the Brown Act.

I asked why there was no announcement at Monday’s closed session Special Meeting regarding the purpose of the meeting or whether there would be reportable action? “That is not necessary,” he insisted. But I quoted the requirement to do so as mandated in Govt. Code 54957.7(a) and read what I had copied from my research at the County Law Library.

I asked about Govt Code 54057.7(a) that required oral announcement of the items to be discussed prior to any closed session, and why that was not done? “That is not necessary”, he said. “But that is the law”, I replied. “We can agree to disagree.”, he said.

I then stated that the Brown Act required, under Govt code 54057.6 that prior to closed session, the designated representatives participating in closed session had to be identified. He disagreed again.

“You need to read the entire law. You are reading your notes, not the law,” he said. I explained that I had copied verbatim the law into my notes, and had read that to him just then. He said it was not acceptable, and told me to go read the law because the County was compliant.

I left, next going to the library to compose a letter to the Board that outlined what I felt were violations of the Brown Act. It took awhile, pasting in the text of the Brown Act government codes.

Unfortunately, the copy machine at the Branciforte Library was having trouble, taking more time than I had budgeted in order to zoom back to the glitzy Hotel Paradox. When I arrived, the Supervisors were migrating from the large room to a smaller one across the lobby. I noted only the five Supervisors were going to the interview room, but saw a probable candidate just outside talking with Ms. Patel. He went in. I waited to see who else might show up.

A lady with a County badge was sitting just outside the interview door. I asked her how many applicants were going to be interviewed today? She laughed and said “many”. Hmmm….

The man emerged, and I asked him where he was from. “Oh, the Bay Area…I have to go now”, and he walked away with the County lady…who never returned.

I then saw Deputy CAO Nicole Coburn emerge from the large room and eventually entered the interview room. “Good luck” I said, and she smiled.

The Supervisors soon emerged and returned to the large room. The interviews were done. In asking a couple of the Supervisors about when a decision would be made, they explained they were deliberating, and there might have to be a background check or something. Hmmm…

I already knew the outcome would be a unanimous vote for Nicole Coburn, just as had transpired when the charade for a “nationwide search for a CAO” to anoint Carlos Palacios was done, also wasting lots and lots of public money for a pre-determined rubber stamped process.

I tried to deliver the copies of my letter regarding government codes and potential Brown Act violations to the Board of Supervisors offices next door at 701 Ocean Street. The door was closed but there was a sign stating “We are open. Please knock” I did knock….many times…but no one ever came to the door. Sigh.

Sure enough, the County announced hiring Nicole Coburn the very next day.

Cure and Correct action to address the Brown Act violations? No…it would only cost more public money to rent the expensive Hotel Paradox for a party again. But it is troubling to me that the County is so sloppy and cares not about following the Brown Act.

CITY OF SANTA CRUZ WATER RATES WILL INCREASE AGAIN

The City Water Commission met recently to discuss, among other things, the plan begin examining future rate increases when the current five-year annual increases end next year. There was also a discussion about the City’s financial assistance for customers struggling to pay their water bills now.

Shockingly, staff reported late fees average $86,000/MONTH. The rate assistance program uses about $18,000/month of that, with the balance going to the accounts of the water dept., public works, and the general fund. Hmmm….

Doesn’t it say alot that late fees are sky-high now? What will people do in the future as the federal money to support food assistance programs, which are the qualifiers for eligibility for the City’s water, garbage and sewer service assistance, vanish. The City plans to keep raising the rates anyway.

Stay tuned.

FARM WORKER REALITY TOUR

The Center for Farmworker Families helps many hard-working local families. Here is an opportunity to better understand the farmworkers’ perspectives in earning a living in Santa Cruz County.

The Farmworker Reality Tours will really open your eyes. The last ones for the year are on Saturday, October 18 (3pm-7pm) and Sunday, October 19 (3pm-7pm). From their website:

Are you ready to embark on a journey that will transform the way you see the world? Our Farmworker Reality Tours offer a unique opportunity to bridge the gap between the farmworker community and those who enjoy the fruits of their hard labor.

Farmworker housing is often located in remote areas, making these essential workers nearly invisible to the general public. Our tours aim to change that by bringing you face-to-face with the people who make our food possible.

On this immersive tour, you’ll have the chance to meet and engage in meaningful conversations with farmworkers, listen to their powerful testimonials, and experience their daily lives firsthand. You’ll share their food, visit their living quarters, and gain a deeper understanding of the challenges they face.

Saturday, Oct 18, 2025, 3-7pm: Register via Eventbrite

Sunday, Oct 19, 2025, 3-7pm: Register via Eventbrite

ORPHANAGES PREY TO CHILD TRAFFICKING

Human Trafficking is happening now in Santa Cruz County. [Resource: The Use of the Internet by Traffickers
Who Recruit Children
]

Here is an opportunity to help support Rising Worldwide, a local survivor-led non-profit that helps trafficking victims safely escape and recover, and educate youth to prevent themselves from falling prey to human trafficking predators.

From the Rising Worldwide website for Volunteers Needed – The Film Fundraiser:

Please join us for the Rising Voices film series. This series exposes the hidden realities of human trafficking through story and film. Our first film is Volunteers Needed – The truth behind orphanage volunteerism. This is the first comprensive film to expose orphanage voluntourism, which often leads to child trafficking, exploitation and abuse. Proceeds support preventing and ending child trafficking in Santa Cruz County.

Event Date/Time: Tuesday, October 28th
6pm – Doors Open: Registration, Fair trade Shopping
6:30pm – Film Starts (film is 36 min)
7:15pm – Panel Discussion with Filmmaker, Barak Laub. Assemblymember Gail Pellerin will moderate.
7:45pm – 8pm – Final Shopping / Event Close

THE EARTH DID MOVE…WHERE WERE YOU IN THE 1989 LOMA PRIETA EARTHQUAKE?
On October 17, 1989, Santa Cruz County shook violently when a 6.9 earthquake, centered in the Forest of Nisene Marks State Park, hit at 5:04pm. Please listen in this Friday, October 17 from your computer or smart device, from anywhere in the world at 2pm-4pm Pacific Time on Santa Cruz Voice “Community Matters” when Guest local historian Sandy Lydon discusses the earth=moving event, what happened in the Park and in the lives of people in our region.

Where were you? Call in with your story!

WRITE ONE LETTER. MAKE ONE CALL. ATTEND A LOCAL EVENT ABOUT A TOPIC THAT YOU REALLY CARE ABOUT.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
California Ground Squirrels

California ground squirrels are the burrowing type that are spreading across our landscape causing both harm and Great Good, sometimes in the same places.

Description and Life History

This native rodent can be as long as 2 feet including its tail. They are chunky squirrels with less bushy tails than their tree-dwelling cousins. Their color is brown-gray and spotty and they have small ear flaps.

California ground squirrels have only one litter per year and can give birth to up to 8 young. The little ones are cute and out-and-about in just 6 weeks after being born.

Up until recently, most humans believed that ground squirrels were vegetarians. They thought that these chonky rodents grazed on grass in the early spring and ate seeds later in the season. I recall a professor at UCSC gleefully dispelling this notion in the 1990s, showing slides of California ground squirrels eating roadkill carcasses of their brethren in the middle of one of the campus entrance roads. Gross. Then, in 2024, researchers discovered California ground squirrels hunting and devouring meadow voles.

Down Under

California ground squirrels live in the ground making burrows sometimes six feet deep where they make separate rooms for raising their young, storing food, and sleeping. Those underground houses are connected to the surface by up to 35 feet of burrows and multiple entrances.

Some have hypothesized that these burrow complexes play an important hydrological role, replenishing groundwater and moderating flooding. The burrows certainly are crucial in supporting other biota.

Co-Creatures

Lots of other organisms rely on ground squirrel digging. For instance, burrowing owls don’t burrow – they rely on ground squirrels to create their underground shelter where they raise their chicks, sleep, and escape predators. Rare kangaroo rats use ground squirrel burrows. Snakes and salamanders use them, too. One of the snakes that are found in the burrows is the Pacific rattlesnake.

Predators of this Squirrel

Lots of things like to eat California ground squirrels. They are golden eagles’ favorite food. Pop goes the weasel, head sticking out from a ground squirrel burrow, blood and gore hanging from its chin: just ate one of those rodents, yum!

Rattlesnakes and California ground squirrels are co-evolving. Populations of ground squirrel that are in dense rattlesnake territory are more resistant to snake venom than those that aren’t as likely to be bitten.

To me, the most fascinating ground squirrel predator is the coyote-badger duo. Badger is good at digging into ground squirrel homes to feast on a whole family. BUT, if badger tried this alone she might not get fed: it takes some coyotes at each of the exits for everyone to eat. Here is an amazing video that shows how well these two animals get along. And, here is another video showing how some of this works.

Gardening

The grazing and dirt throwing of ground squirrels makes for habitat for some species that wouldn’t otherwise live in tall grass in productive soils. California poppies sometimes ring ground squirrel burrow complexes.

Damage

California ground squirrels can cause a bunch of problems. They undermine buildings and roads, eat orchard and row crops, and make holes that break horses and livestock’s legs. So, people spend a bunch of time and effort killing these creatures. A few squirrels often become a bunch of squirrels. In preparation for this column, I spoke with a particularly intrepid Costa Rican friend of mine who entirely trapped out a pestiferous population of the creatures…and ate them, preparing them in his pressure cooker. “Their good! Lots of thin bones like sardines,” he said.

Spreading

After the 2020 CZU Lightning Complex Fire, California ground squirrels spread into new areas of Bonny Doon and the North Coast. Why did this happen? Some suggest that the species was native to those areas but had been exterminated back in the 1950’s with widespread use of rodenticide poisons. The species held out at UC Santa Cruz main campus and near Younger Lagoon through the 1990’s and along the bluffs up to Davenport, perhaps more recently. Young, dispersing ground squirrels were seen in 2021 along Swanton Road and then had successful colonies in Bonny Doon and at Molino Creek Farm in 2023. Their numbers are increasing in those areas. Did the fire create conditions that made it easier for the animal to disperse? Or, did people live trap and release squirrels from Davenport or Santa Cruz? We’ll never know.

How Much is Just Right?

With the important ecological role pairing with frightful damage, how many is the right number…and where should they be?  This is an important question. It makes us challenge our notions of ‘neat-and-tidy’ versus ‘ecologically rich.’ Are we past the point of trying to eradicate this species in any one place, or will we try to do that again? Such interesting questions…

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Sunday, October 5, 2025

#278 / Jane Goodall: Famous Last Words

Jane Goodall, a revered primatologist and anthropologist, died on October 1, 2025. On October 3rd, The New York Times published a story by Matt Stevens. Stevens’ story had this title, online: “How Jane Goodall’s Death Initiated Netflix’s Newest Show.” That Netflix show is called “Famous Last Words,” which The Times describes this way: “A series of late-life interviews with famous people whose contents – including their subjects’ identities – are kept closely guarded until after the subject dies.” The Times’ story goes on to say that “Goodall’s interview, which was completed in March, was one of a handful that have been sitting in a Netflix vault for months. She was simply the first among those interviewed to die.”

What were Goodall’s “Famous Last Words”? They are worth knowing about. They are worth thinking about. For Goodall’s concluding message, Falchuk [the interviewer] leaves the set; [Goodall] speaks directly to the camera:

“I want to make sure that you all understand that each and every one of you has a role to play,” she says. “You may not know it, you may not find it, but your life matters, and you are here for a reason.”

Amen! And thank you for everything, Jane Goodall, and for these “last words,” too.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

MAGA COSPLAY, COCKTAIL #3, MERCY CLAPS, NEVER AGAIN

You’ve probably heard this spine-tingling Halloween joke already: A sleazy drunk and a fat draft dodger walk into an auditorium and lecture a roomful of 4- and 5-star generals and admirals. That’s it! As Rick Wilson writes on Lincoln Square,  commenting on Secretary of War Hegseth’s and the President’s addressing military leaders in an ill-conceived ‘pep talk,’ at QuanticoVirginia’s Marine Corps Base, “Here’s the thing, and you know it in your bones: That speech was insane. Not ‘politician riffing’ insane. Not ‘grandpa got a little too stoked on Adderall’ insane. It was the kind of rambling, aggrieved, slack-jawed performance you get when a man has fused his ego to a teleprompter and still can’t find the plot. Donald Trump shuffled out, tried to grunt his way through a ‘speech’ that was really just a slurry of ‘Sir’ stories, and absurd lies…and then inevitably fell back into the only narrative he’s truly capable of sustaining: grievance, fantasy, and the endless autobiographical fan fiction where he alone is hero, martyr, and field marshall. And the room knew it.

This forced assembly of America’s senior military leadership, some having traveled from remote outposts around the world, with supporting staff, “manage more complexity before breakfast than Trump, Hegseth, and their entire MAGA cosplay corps could comprehend in a lifetime,” says Wilson. “They lead in real danger, in real time, in real space, against real adversaries. They run multivariate operations across the globe that would leave the weekend cable-host-turned-pretend-Patton drooling into his third morning cocktail. Instead, they had to sit for two hours and watch Pete Hegseth try to swing his rhetorical broadsword before Trump wandered onstage and word-vomited all over the carpet.” The silence was deafening, with only smatterings of polite applause — mercy claps from the DC MAGA entourage? The fact that the assembled brass were standing at attention, unable to clap as Trump strode onto the stage, escaped Donald Trump, and he chided them for not giving him the kind of ovation he expects when his orange magnificence enters a room. “I’ve never walked into a room so silent before,” the president began, “Just have a good time. And if you want to applaud, you applaud. And if you want to do anything you want, you can do anything you want. And if you don’t like what I’m saying, you can leave the room. Of course, there goes your rank; there goes your future.” A ripple of laughter — from backstage?

Secretary Hegseth encountered the same awkward situation during his address, waiting for laughs and applause that never came. Trump appeared quieter and more confused than usual facing an uncertain event, perhaps because he had announced his participation only a few days earlier, leaving him with little time to prepare? Nah, probably not the case! He began his rambling discourse right off the bat, giving the captive audience a history lesson about the Department of War, the Atomic Energy Commission and the recent destruction of Iran’s nuclear program, whining about the ‘victory’ in the ‘Gulf of America‘ court case against the Associated Press (still unsettled), and a story about the “three thousand year conflict of the Israelis’ and the Palestinians’.” “That’s a long time. But we got it, I think, settled. War is very strange,” he surmised.

And so, from the “enemy within” his brain, he began to recycle campaign speeches, lies and more lies, whining and misrepresentations, preoccupations about Joe Biden and Barack Obama, and disappointment at not having a Nobel Prize on his resumé. The generals and admirals were probably elated to hear his take, and self-congratulation, about levying tariffs which “could buy a lot of battleships, to use an old term.” And then, joking/not-joking (?), he criticized the US Navy for building ships from “paper-mâché and aluminum stuff that melts if it looks at a missile coming at it. It starts melting as the missile is about two miles away.” Yikes, that’s one for your Halloween lawn display! As Tom Nichols wrote in The Atlantic, “The president talked at length, and his comments should have confirmed to even the most sympathetic observer that he is not okay.” According to Hegseth’s gang, the goal was to energize America’s top military leaders at the conclave, getting them to focus on the Secretary’s vision for a new Department of War, but the assembled video props, or pawns, sitting in the audience should be forgiven if they returned to their respective commands wondering: What on earth is wrong with the commander-in-chief?

Some, and maybe most, of the officers had never attended a MAGA rally, and perhaps, had never witnessed such a video, but they can now chalk up a first-hand account of seeing a typical, unhinged Trump tirade — worthy of another ribbon on their uniform? In essence, Trump was simply riffing off the teleprompter, snagging a word or phrase here and there that he felt would enhance his performance to the stone-faced officers who would have been more receptive to a Churchillian rip-off. The Founding Fathers were undoubtedly spinning in their graves with the president’s ominous suggestion that our military would be part of the solution to domestic threats, fighting the “enemy from within,” by using our ‘dangerous cities’ as training grounds. “We should use some of these dangerous cities as training grounds for our military — National Guard, but military — because we’re going into Chicago very soon. That’s a big city with an incompetent governor. Stupid governor,” he menacingly growled.

The late New York senator, Daniel Patrick Moynihan called such jumbles of fantasy, menace, and autocratic peacocking as “boob bait for the Bubbas,” and Tom Nichols suggests that George Orwell might have termed Trump’s notions “prolefeed.” Nichols offers, “It’s one thing to serve it up to an adoring MAGA crowd: They know that most of it is nonsense and only some of it is real. They find it entertaining, and they can take or leave as much of Trump’s rhetorical junk-food buffet as they would like. It is another thing entirely to aim this kind of sludge at military officers, who are trained and acculturated to treat every word from the president with respect, and to regard his thoughts as policy.” In the past, American officers dealt with presidents who behaved badly and suffered mental and emotional setbacks, but they knew the commanders-in-chief they served under were basically normal individuals surrounded by other normal men and women, and that the constitutional system would insulate the military from any mad orders emerging from the Oval Office.

Now, the second coming of Trump doesn’t have even a hint of the control and influence of others that were present during his first term, appointees who were able to control his goofiest ideas. Today’s military has to wonder who will shield them from the impulses of the person who had a melt-down onstage at Quantico. How are they to respond to the slippery lies, and the insults thrown at fellow soldiers and past commanders-in-chief — and what of his love affair with PutinAir Force nuclear-missile officer Harold Hering, asked during a 1973 training session, “How can I know that an order I receive to launch missiles came from a sane president?” Hering quickly found himself bounced from the military because in his position, officers are trained to execute orders, not question them. Those officers who watched the Trump/Hegseth Show at Quantico now have Hering’s question staring them in the face, knowing that they just watched the man who can order use of nuclear weaponry, and the one who would verify such an order, start the drumbeat of war.

Already the advance contingents of National Guardsmen are moving into, or are being scheduled for deployment into Democrat-run cities. Agents ransacked a Chicago apartment building last week, leading zip-tied families into unmarked vans in the darkness, which MSNBC’s Chris Hayes called “one of the most egregious abuses of our basic rights.” Witnesses told local news sources that heavily armed ICE agents arrived in the neighborhood in U-Haul vans and a Black Hawk helicopter, then broke down residents’ doors, dragging them out of their beds. Illinois Governor JB Pritzker has directed state agencies to investigate the “unconscionable treatment” of children who were separated from their parents, and detained for several hours. Pritzker is quoted as saying, “This didn’t happen in a country with an authoritarian regime — it happened here in Chicago.” Daily Dose of Democracy’s blog suggests that JB might want to rethink that statement — “an authoritarian regime, by any other name would smell as foul.

The blog goes on to say that, “in his desperation to justify sending federal troops into yet another American city, to crack down on citizens exercising their constitutional right to protest, America’s fascist ignoramus-in-chief is literally playing make believe.” Telling reporters outside the White House, with not a shred of evidence except for what Stephen Miller told him, Trump claimed that Portland, Oregon is “burning to the ground,” that city leaders are “afraid for their lives,” — the reason they say, “there’s nothing happening.” Any constitutionalist knows that a president must justify any domestic deployment of the US military, and with no evidence, that’s why Daily Dose of Democracy calls it “fascism because it is fascism.

Trump-appointed District Judge Karin Immergut blocked his order — twice — to deploy troops to Portland to stop what the president has called “lawless mayhem,” saying the relatively small protests did not justify such action, acting against the state’s sovereignty. Of course, Trump’s whining about judges he appoints not falling into line with his edicts began, and he chided Immergut, saying, “That judge ought to be ashamed of himself,” — “herself” would have been correct, proof that The Don is a bit out of line himself. Immergut’s ruling reads, “This country has a longstanding and foundational tradition of resistance to government overreach, especially in the form of military intrusion into civil affairs. This historical tradition boils down to a simple proposition: this is a nation of Constitutional law, not martial law. The president’s determination was simply untethered to the facts.” Trump’s claim that all we have to do is look at TV and read the newspapers to back him up indicates that he is tethered to Stephen Miller’s old 60’s news videos or some WWII movie that has captured what’s left of his imagination. Both Oregon and California leaders are suing the administration for the allegedly illegal call-up of their state’s troops for the Portland occupation.

Laura Esposito of The Daily Beast highlighted another whiner — Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem, who she describes as “tough on immigration but apparently soft on lunchtime.” Noem told Fox & Friends Weekend hosts that she is agonizing over the not-so-warm welcome ICE agents are receiving in Chicago. The “war zone city” residents are accused of intimidating the armed, masked, and largely unwanted federal officers, “not letting our ICE officers and our border patrol officers use restrooms and facilities. Those men and women were telling us that they have to figure out even where they can go sit down for five minutes to have lunch or use the restroom throughout their shift or their break.” Esposito reminds Noem that war zones aren’t exactly known for safe and secure public restrooms, and the secretary’s own experience of being denied access to a government building’s bathroom by a barrage of protesters should have cleared up that misconception. Let’s hope that the Fox & Friends studio was more accommodating for her needs.

Governor Pritzker agrees, “People are booing her on the street. ICE is raiding neighborhoods where instead of going after the bad guys, they’re just picking up people who are brown and Black, then checking their credentials…I don’t know about you, but I don’t carry around papers that say I’m a US citizen.” Right-wing commentator Benny Johnson posted a video of Noem, saying, “We’re sending in the Department of War. I sent a request to Secretary Hegseth. We’ll be rolling in the next 24 hours…this is a country of laws. If you don’t like the laws, go change them. We are enforcing them. That is sending a message to the whole world.

Steve Schmidt on his The Warning blog asks, “What do you think about the new look of federal law enforcement? These are Miller’s men. Look at the rage in his eyes. Notice his lack of control and professionalism. Miller’s thug cannot control his temper. When he finally strikes it is for no reason whatsoever beyond his lack of discipline, bearing and zest for violence. This is a man who looks like he wants to beat someone, or maybe shoot up a street film of protestors.” Schmidt suggests that Governor Pritzker should call the Illinois General Assembly into a special session and establish committees to investigate every abuse, document every federal aggression, and conduct public oversight of federal police agencies that are out of control, and operating like American Gestapo in American cities.

Some people said that what was happening in America couldn’t happen here, but they were wrong. It is happening here. How did it happen? Arrogance, ignorance and incompetence, of course, but indifference, mainly. Step by step, tweet by tweet, and threat by threat, is how it happened. Fascism didn’t rise in the 30s because it was strong. It rose because democracy was weak,” writes Schmidt. He brings up the often used quote attributed to Sinclair Lewis: “When fascism comes to America it will be wrapped in the flag and carrying a cross,” with which he agrees, saying, “It’s so very true. These men have been told who their enemy is. It is us.”

On his show last weekend, John Oliver poked fun at co-president Stephen Miller for trying to sound tough during his speech to police officials in Memphis — “which only sounded tough in his own head” as he talked about facing off with “gangbangers.” Oliver asked, “I’ve got to say, at this point, white supremacists just have to be embarrassed, right? This is your champion, right here? A man who looks like he still has a soft spot on his skull?!?” Oliver notes that Miller’s ‘tough talk’ has been accompanied by “nauseating footage” from Trump’s expansion of ICE activity, particularly in the apartment building raid in Chicago. He also targeted Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth and President Trump for their presentations to the military brass in Quantico, saying, “This administration is clearly still hellbent on trying to intimidate communities with shows of force. They are obsessed with appearances, kicking out all the beardos and fatties, but what they cannot do is cover up the ugliness of what they are doing right now.

With a scathing post on Facebook last summer, Alisa KasmerStephen Miller’s cousin, publicly disowned him for his role as the architect of Trump’s immigration policies. She recently made a new entry in which she revealed that most of Miller’s extended family has disowned him, highlighting the family’s history of surviving persecution with their Jewish heritage. She explained, “We celebrated holidays each year with the reminder to stand up and say, “never again.” But what you are doing breaks that sacred promise. It breaks everything we were taught. I am living with the deep pain of watching someone I once loved become the face of evil. I will never knowingly let evil in my life, no matter whose blood it carries — including my own.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“Rain”

“The way I see it, if you want the rainbow, you gotta put up with the rain.”
~Dolly Parton

“The drops of rain make a hole in the stone, not by violence, but by oft falling.”
~Lucretius

“Save a boyfriend for a rainy day – and another, in case it doesn’t rain.”
~Mae West

“A crown is merely a hat that lets the rain in.”
~Frederick the Great

“It always rains on tents. Rainstorms will travel thousands of miles, against prevailing winds for the opportunity to rain on a tent.”
~Dave Barry

One of my favorite content creators explains how the internet is basically a glittering rainbow.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

October 1 – 7, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back next week… Steinbruner… Hungry Ghosts, Watsonville Hospital, Felton Fire… Hayes… Another Trail ‘Study’… Patton… Watch Now?… Matlock… insider theft… insane gibberish… 400-day countdown… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Tim Eagan tribute… Quotes on… “Vikings”

...

VERY EARLY SANTA CRUZ. (Late 1800s) You can probably guess that this is the corner of Pacific/Front/Mission streets. Note the easy parking and the horsecar tracks going down Pacific.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: October 1, 2025

CHILL It’s starting to get a little chilly at night, at least sometimes. October is such an interesting month, weather-wise! Being Swedish, October makes me think of crisp, cold, fall days, and then I step outside and it’s in the high 80s! One of these years I’ll get the hang of it all…

THE ADDAMS FAMILY AT THE MOUNTAIN COMMUNITY THEATER. Repeating this, since it is playing for a little while longer. We saw it on the 3rd, and it was amazeballs! I had so much fun! It ends on October 19, so you still have time to get some tickets and go check it out. Support local artists! Watch live entertainment! If we don’t attend the shows and patronize the businesses, they won’t be around…

~Webmistress

...

GOOD BOY. In theaters. Movie (6.8 IMDb) ****

Full disclosure: I was ready to hate this film. Any movie that makes people cry about a dog is a very bad thing, because ALL dogs are the Best People, so that’s an automatic red flag.

But Good Boy surprised me. It’s a horror film told from the dog’s perspective – not another “evil dog” flick or a cheap scare where the pet gets offed to raise the stakes. Here, Indy the Dog follows his troubled Person into a forest full of strange smells, eerie silences, and one especially bad not-Person who clearly means trouble. Bad not-Person!

Some have called it slow, but I found it quietly tense, the way good horror should build. And yes, it includes one truly wrenching moment that no good dog should face. Still, it’s worth a watch – just make sure to hug your own dog after.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: VAMPIRE] THE HUNGER. Tubi. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ****

Incredibly stylish Vampire film from 1983 by Tony Scott. Starring Catherine Deneuve, David Bowie, and Susan Sarandon.

A young, lanky Sarandon stars as a doctor caught between two vampires — Bowie, seeking a cure for his decay, and the impossibly elegant Deneuve, the ageless predator in search of a new consort. With a soundtrack that swings from Bauhaus to Delibes and lush, stylized cinematography, The Hunger remains an elegant, sensual cornerstone of modern vampire cinema.

~Sarge

WEAPONS. In theatres, Apple TV. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ***-

Weapons: “Pulp Fiction” meets “The Monsters Are Due on Maple Street”.

A perfect suburban horror: 17 children get up in the middle of the night, and run off into oblivion. The problem is, they’re all from the same class. The problem is, it’s the entire class…but one. The problem is, it must be the teacher.

Or is it.

The film structures its mystery through overlapping points of view, evoking Pulp Fiction’s fractured narrative. At the same time, it channels Rod Serling’s “The Monsters Are Due On Maple Street”, where paranoia and fear become more destructive than the supposed threat itself. Just when the audience feels grounded, the story pivots in an unexpected direction.

The cast is anchored by the elfin Julia Garner (Ozark), Josh Brolin (“Thanos” Avengers), and Benedict Wong (Doctor Strange). Rather than relying on gore or jump scares, the film builds an atmosphere of unease that lingers after.

It’s unsettling, thought-provoking, and worth a watch.
~Sarge

WEDNESDAY (Season 2). Netflix. Series (8 IMDb) ****

Learning from Season 1, they eschew romance for Wednesday and instead keep her caught between her rocky relationship with her mother (Morticia, played by Catherine Zeta-Jones) and her attempts to thwart a tragic prophecy (how very unlike Wednesday).

This season brings a slew of new guest stars, including Lady Gaga, Christopher Lloyd (he was Fester in the ’90s Addams Family movies), Steve Buscemi, and Billie Piper (pop singer and Rose from Doctor Who), along with brief surprise returns from Christina Ricci (she played Wednesday in the ’90s films) and Gwendoline Christie. Breakout new character Agnes DeMille (played by Evie Templeton – a young actress to watch for) steals many of the scenes she’s in.

Sadly, the show still features the “Outcasts” as a marginalized group, as it did in Season 1. I’ve always felt the Addams Family worked best when their innocent bewilderment at their effect on “normies” drove the humor. Still, the season offers plenty of laughs and a terrific cast to carry you through. Worth a watch.

Snap! Snap!

~Sarge

THE THURSDAY MURDER CLUB. Netflix. Movie (6.7 IMDb) ***
After a parade of smarmy Hallmark whodunits comes an honest-to-goodness real cozy mystery … starring Helen Mirren, Pierce Brosnan, Ben Kingsley, Celia Imrie, and David Tennant … directed by Chris Columbus (yes, that Chris Columbus: Harry Potter, Home Alone, The Goonies)! It’s a delight, and I already want a whole series.

The Thursday Murder Club follows a band of sharp-witted retirees in a retirement community who amuse themselves by cracking cold cases…until they stumble into a brand-new mystery – one that could turn them into the next victims. Fully worth a watch.
~Sarge

HONEY DON’T. In Theatres. Movie (5.7 IMDb) ***-
The Hate Child of Wes Anderson and Quentin Tarantino: Ethan Coen’s Honey Don’t

As a long-standing Coen Brothers fan, I approached Ethan Coen’s solo outing with some trepidation. On the surface, it’s a twist on the hard-boiled dick story—only without the dick. Margaret Qualley steps into the role with dry, sensual humor, wandering through the bleak romanticism of lovely Bakersfield. Aubrey Plaza shows up as, shocker, a “quirky” cop/love interest, but brings surprising spark and passion. And Chris Evans, finally tucking Captain America to bed, slimes it up as a skeezy small-town preacher.

The film stretches itself trying to cover too much emotional ground and juggles a few more story threads than it can quite manage. Still, even if it’s not top-shelf Coen, I’d argue any Coen is better than no Coen. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

A GOOD GIRL’S GUIDE TO MURDER. Netflix. Series. (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Another I missed when it first came out last year, but now that the Great Move is over (we just shifted home from Rio Del Mar, to Ben Lomond – complete with our own redwood grove, and our courageous ducks) I’ve had time to get back into this all.

“A Good Girl’s Guide to Murder” follows high school senior Pippa “Pip” Fitz-Amobi (played by Wednesday’s perky werewolf roommate, Emma Mayers, back on her home turf in Britain) as she reopens the five-year-old murder case of older classmate Andie Bell. Though officially closed with boyfriend Sal Singh’s confession and suicide, Pip suspects his innocence and, with Sal’s younger brother, makes it her final academic project. What she uncovers is a web of secrets and dangerous truth, putting herself and those she loves in the crosshairs.

Cozyish, with some modern nastiness (no sex, just real crime stuff), and elevated by strong performances – nods all around for Anna Maxwell Martin as Pip’s mother, torn between wrangling her brilliant, headstrong daughter and recognizing at the same time her fragility as still just a kid. Their dynamic is a standout.

Spoiler and trigger warning: yes, the dog dies. Sorry, but that’s a trigger that needs to be respected. Deal with it.

Based on Holly Jackson’s YA mystery series, the show has already been renewed for a second season, adapting the next book

~Sarge

...

Still on break, back soon!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
HUNGRY GHOSTS

Who knew that in building the train tunnels through the Santa Cruz Mountains in the 1800’s, Chinese laborers died in explosions of methane gas and oil that seeped into the long tunnels and were ignited by sparks? About 40 died, but were never named or honored, hence the term “hungry ghosts”.

A film documentary of “Chinese Gold”, written by local historian Sandy Lydon, is in the works. If it is anything like the trailer that was featured at the public event viewing, it will be fabulous.

Stay tuned.

SHOULD WE WORRY ABOUT THE WATSONVILLE HOSPITAL?
The Santa Cruz County LAFCO agreed to postpone collecting the $610.17 fee the Pajaro Health Care District is required to pay to support the government efficiency oversight in the County. The District is the newly-formed agency created via two state Senate bills sponsored by Senator John Laird to help fund the acquisition of the Watsonville Hospital. The District made the request to waive the fee this first year it is due because of financial difficulties cause by federal cuts to Medicaid payments. About $27 Million in invoiced patient costs to Medicaid have not been paid.  The staff member also admitted that the 2024 cyber attack on Watsonville Hospital’s data base also significantly delayed reimbursements.

The District representative stated that significantly fewer patients—a 40%-50% decrease— are coming to the hospital for care, and the assumption is that many are fearful of immigration raids.  The Hospital is having to ask creditors to forgive or forego debts owed, hence the request of LAFCO to waive the $610.17 charge.
PVHCD Allocation Waiver Staff Report

The Commissioners felt that waiving the payment would set a dangerous precedent, so approved postponing collection of the charge until next year, simply rolling it over for collection then.

Let’s hope that helps.

DISTRICT-BASED GOVERNANCE FOR PAJARO HEALTH CARE DISTRICT IN PROCESS
Representational areas in the District that collects property tax money and sets policy to run the Watsonville Hospital is forming NOW, so get involved if you are within those boundaires.

The funding made possible for the County and other health care agencies to band together to form the Pajaro Health Care District and obtain emergency State funding to purchase the Watsonville Hospital was all made possible by Senator John Laird’s SB 418. This was a gut-and-amend bill that allowed the action to slide into home base on the Governor’s desk without going through the usual committee reviews per se. It did, but having another form and purpose completely.

One of the provisions of Senator Laird’s gut and amend SB 418 was that the Pajaro Valley Health Care District, whose boundaries were identified in the bill, must adopt a zone-based electorate within five years. The next public meeting to discuss this will be October 29 at 5pm in the District Office on Hospital grounds.

FELTON FIRE MOVING FORWARD
Felton residents want to keep their Fire Dsitrict as an independent fire jurisdiction. However, their Chief, Isaac Blum, made it clear that the price tag to do that will be high because the call volume has grown to a level that demands having paid staff available 24/7 at the station. That translates to having a new parcel tax that will be at least $682/parcel for a single family residence, but a complex system reveals it could be as much as $2000/parcel in some cases.

The meeting room was full and overflowing last Monday when the Board met to purportedly pass a budget and the resolution for the special election on the parcel tax issue. Neither happened. Neither was avilable on the District website in advance of the meeting, and was not available at the meeting. Chief Blum and Director Winters promised the public to post the information on the website within 48 hours.  FFPD Board Meeting Agenda.

It was explained that the Board could not take action because the published notice in the local paper indicated a “public meeting” but should have stated it was a “public hearing”.

Here is a link to the proposed District parcel tax…it is quite complex and confusing at this point, but will require a 2/3 approval of the voters (not limited to the property owners)

It will all be renoticed and considered at the October 13 Board meeting. Here is the Chief’s message.
FFPD District Staffing Pay Scale 5 Year

The proposed budget has not yet been posted as of this writing, four days following the Board meeting.

I hope that the Felton Fire District can thrive. The Volunteers met with the public for an hour before the Board meeting. It was encouraging to know that there are 26 volunteers, and that nearly all are certified in required trainings. They have been responding to 7-8 calls/day during the weekends and spent 17 hours at the recent fuel tanker truck accident on Highway 17. The question is whether they can sustain that level of response. Their leader stated the greatest challenge before them is to re-gain the public’s trust, but the Volunteers are committed to doing that.

Stay tuned.

BOARD OF SUPERVISORS HEAR TSUNAMI OF WOE IS ON THE WAY
Meeting in the Watsonville City Council Chambers due to the complete remodel of the 701 Ocean Street Board Chambers, the Board of Supervisors hear a gripping tale of woe from the Health Department leaders, warning that federal funding cuts are about to cause a cascade of funding deficits, and many basic health and food resources will dry up. Executives from Second Harvest Food Bank and Health Improvement Partnership sat side by side with County Dept. Directors.

The numbers of County residents anticipated to be affected by federal and state funding cuts is significant. 78,000, or 31% of the County’s residents are enrolled in MediCal, and an anticipated $17 million drop in food program funding will be painful. A recent Second Harvest Food Bank presentation to the Watsonville City Council had revealed that 50% of Watsonville’s population receives food program assistance.

The problem, Health and Human Services Dept. Director Mr. Randy Morris stated, is that for residents to be eligible for the federal assistance programs, they must meet the frederal poverty level definition: a single person cannot make more than $15,060/year and a family of four cannot make more than $31,200/year. Imagine living on that in Santa Cruz County, rated the most expensive place to live in the US.

Well, I suggested that all County upper management should tithe a percentage of their salaries to support the medical and food needs of the poor.  Take a look at the top management salaries (but sit down before you do).

Please write the Board of Supervisors if you agree with this and ask them to formally take such action:

Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors: boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov.

You can watch the video of the presentation here, as Item 7 and Item 7.1 (thank you, Supervisor Monica Martinez for pulling the County’s Final Budget off the consent agenda!) 

You can get an idea of what upper management salaries are here.

TWO GLAMOROUS SPECIAL BOARD OF SUPERVISOR MEETINGS ON OCTOBER 6 & 7 TO INTERVIEW NEW CAO CANDIDATES
Here we go again…the County is spending big bucks to launch a search for County Administrative Officer (CAO) replacement as Carlos Palacios rides off into the sunset with expensive retirement packages. This same thing happened when former CAO Susan Mauriello retired. The County paid tens of thousands of dollars to a consultant to launch a nationwide search, rented the Hotel Paradox for an interview suite, and ended up (surprise, surprise) finding that deputy CAO Palacios was the best choice.

Well, deja vu…Monday, October 6 at 9am, the Board will hold a Special Meeting in the Hotel Paradox for the sole purpose of interviewing CAO candidates. They will return to the glamorous Paradox Hotel the following afternoon on October 7, when they finish with their Regular Board meeting in the basement of the 701 Ocean Street venue.

Please don’t be surprised when it is announced that Deputy CAO Ms. Nicole Coburn or Ms. Elissa Benson is the best choice. I suggest you attend if you can to see who has come for an interview. Last time, the CAO of Marin County was there…and had some good ideas when I spoke with him.

I just have to wonder how much we are paying for this charade? Why do the taxpayers have to fund an expensive Hotel Paradox venue when there are plenty of spaces in the County Building next door????

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors will convene a Special Meeting on Monday, October 6, 2025, to hold a closed session to conduct interviews for the position of County Executive Officer. The meeting will take place in person at the Hotel Paradox, Autograph Collection, 611 Ocean Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060, beginning at 9:00 AM or thereafter. The public may attend the beginning of the meeting in person, but will not be able to attend the closed session portion of the meeting. There will be an opportunity for the public to address the Board on the Special Meeting topic

Monday

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors will convene a Special Meeting on Monday, October 7, 2025, to hold a closed session to conduct interviews for the position of County Executive Officer. The meeting will take place in person at the Hotel Paradox, Autograph Collection, 611 Ocean Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060, beginning at 1:30 PM or thereafter. The public may attend the beginning of the meeting in person, but will not be able to attend the closed session portion of the meeting. There will be an opportunity for the public to address the Board on the Special Meeting topic.
Tuesday

{note: this notice has an error in the day of the week cited, both times as “Monday”]

REPRESENT PRIVATE WELL OWNERS
The MidCounty Groundwater Agency is planning to begin charging fees on private well pumping. The agency is currently looking for candidates to represent private well owners and customers. Is that you? Apply by October 29. Here is the link to the application: midcountygroundwater.org

REST IN PEACE, JONDI GUMZ
Recently, long-time local newspaper reporter Ms. Jondi Gumz passed away in her sleep after a battle with cancer. She was a great investigative reporter, and was not afraid to take on big stories. She was kind, and willing to listen to people. I will miss her. May she rest in peace.

WRITE ON LETTER. MAKE ONE CALL. ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING. ASK QUESTIONS THAT HOLD LOCAL OFFICIALS ACCOUNTABLE.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE BY DOING JUST ONE THING THIS WEEK THAT REALLY MATTERS TO YOU.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Another Trail ‘Study’

The Peninsula Open Space Trust (POST) recently published an article about a 2023 regional trail user survey. The author of the article, Zionne Fox, wrote about some of the results of the study, and her writing helps gain new insights into POST’s philosophy regarding recreational use in natural areas.

Summary of the Article

Ms. Fox’s “blog,” published on August 28, 2025, announced the findings of a ‘unique’ regional study by the Santa Cruz Mountains Stewardship Network that had purported to assess parks trail user expectations. Fox reports the percentages of different user groups (equestrians, dog walkers, hikers, mountain bikers) that want more trails. She also notes that non-white respondents were statistically under represented. The article suggests (without supporting data) that demand for trails is growing and that ‘open space operators need practices that can meet rising visitor expectations while preserving natural habitat.’ There was also mention about many equestrians hailing from Santa Cruz County and (again, unsubstantiated) a need for additional accommodation for multi-day trail trips.

Reporting Issues

The POST article fails in many ways to meet the standards of responsible reporting, but that is predictable given the organization’s overall tendencies. First, note that the study referenced isn’t, as the author claims, ‘unique,’ at all: another, more professional study covering much the same material was published not that long ago. Also, notice that there is no link in the article to a report about the results of the survey. With further research I find that the survey authors, the Santa Cruz Mountains Stewardship Network, lacks a link to any reporting on the survey results on its website. Without more details about survey methodology, statistical analysis, and results it is difficult to draw one’s own conclusions.

Moreover, the article emphasizes only the survey results which correlate most with POST’s own goal of increased recreational use of ‘open space’ lands. For instance, statistics are provided for apparent unmet needs from various recreational groups, but similar statistics are not presented about the degree of concern for natural resource conservation, which is at odds with increased recreational use. In fact, in the ‘What’s Next’ portion of the article, there is no mention of POST’s or any other ‘open space operator’s’ intention to address survey respondents’ concerns about conserving and nurturing natural resources which suffer from over visitation. Similarly, POST suggests that those operators should focus on ‘preserving natural habitat,’ which curiously avoids the more concrete and pressing issue of conserving the specific species that are sensitive to natural areas recreational use. Habitat preservation is nearly meaningless to measure, whereas species conservation is much more useful and quantifiable, with a richer history of scientific rigor in informing open space management.

Note that the author of this article fails to mention any results from the portion of the survey asking about trail user’s negative experiences in open space areas. The survey asked poignant questions about negative interactions with dogs, people biking, shared trail use with other users, etc. Such conflicts are expected and are a challenge that trained park managers are used to addressing; unfortunately POST lacks staff with such expertise, so it is understandable that the author would avoid mention of this portion of the survey, which would otherwise reflect poorly on her organization.

The reporting insufficiencies and biases should not be surprising to those who follow POST. This is an organization focused on increased recreational use at the expense of species conservation. For instance, while on one hand cheerleading for the National Monument designation of Cotoni Coast Dairies, POST refused to sign onto a letter advocating that the designation include specific protections for natural resources. Peruse the organization’s website and you’ll find that species conservation is de-emphasized as opposed to an over-emphasis of recreational use of natural areas, which negatively affects nature. While being the best funded private organization working on open space issues in the Bay Area, POST has apparently never hired staff or engaged contractors that are professionals at managing visitor use in such a way that demonstrably protects the very species that require POST’s natural areas to survive. POST has published no reports or plans to address these concerns, at least none that are available to the public.

Methodological Issues

On its face value, the survey issued by the Santa Cruz Mountains Stewardship Network lacked the rigor to make the kinds of conclusions that POST suggests would be valuable. As opposed to previous, more rigorous studies the survey failed to sample the breadth of the population with interests in open space areas. POST notes that proportions of respondent self-reported ‘race’ did not reflect the population as a whole, but failed to note how the survey may have also biased certain user groups over others (mountain bikers vs. hikers, etc).

One would expect to encounter survey bias given the mode of delivery. The survey was a web-based survey distributed by social media networks. Open space organizations have recently become increasingly aligned with a vocal minority: well-funded mountain biking advocacy groups who undoubtedly circulated the survey in order to impact the results. Other trail user groups may have been under-represented because they have little exposure to those particular social media networks or because they lacked the computer technology to respond.

Cautionary Conclusions

We can learn valuable lessons from POST’s reporting on this trail user survey. Given the power of POST, we should continue to be vigilant about the group’s propensity to favor increased recreational use of open space lands at the cost of species conservation. This bias should make us question the organization’s ability to manage funding tied to protection of public trust resources. POST is a donor-funded organization, and so some degree of pressure from donors could help to steer the organization more towards conservation. We should also recognize that POST is not alone in making these types of mistakes. It appears that the Santa Cruz Mountains Stewardship Network is also allied with such thinking, and we have seen other conservation lands managers approaching open space management with similarly unbalanced methodologies. These trends must be reversed if we are to conserve the many species of wildlife which are sensitive poorly managed recreational use in our parks.

As time passes and we stay alert to the possibilities, we will see if the poorly executed SCMSN trails user survey results are used to justify or rationalize actions by POST or other members in their network: wouldn’t it be a shame if they were?

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

September 27, 2025

The image above came to me in an email that I received back in late July. I was being offered a chance, as you can see, to watch a video that would focus on the Jeffrey Epstein controversy. I presume that anyone reading this blog posting will know what I am talking about. Click the link I have just provided if, by any chance, you don’t.

This particular opportunity, urging me to “Watch now,” was one of many opportunities presented to me, and others, to hear from informed observers about what the Epstein controversy may mean for the Trump presidency. I get scores of offers, like the one above, on a daily basis – not all focusing on Jeffrey Epstein, of course. I can watch videos on Substack, or on YouTube, or on other platforms, touching on almost every important political issue, and I do not think I am alone. All of us are being asked to use the Internet and modern technology to watch informed people talk about the most important political issues facing the nation. Many of us spend a lot of time doing that.

I virtually NEVER actually watch one of the videos being offered. Those who know my prejudices will remember that I think that “observation” can be a kind of trap for those who would like to make sure that our democratic self-government works the way it is supposed to.

“Watching” does not preclude “doing.” That’s obviously true. However, when time is limited (and that also is true of our time, always), we need to decide what is more important – watching other people talk about important issues, or saying and doing something about them ourselves.

I am quite serious in urging all of us to reflect upon the possibility that when we put ourselves in the role of “spectators,” we can, completely inadvertently, disempower ourselves as “actors.”

We definitely do need to know what is happening in the “political world” in which we most immediately live. Even more than that, though, we need to assert our own, personal control over that “political world.” That is what “self-government” is all about. This blog posting is just a reminder that if “we, the people,” actually intend to “run the place,” we need to spend a considerable amount of time organizing with our friends and neighbors to advance the kind of policies we think are most important.

Should we all “Watch now?” Maybe, but way more important than “watching” now, we need to be “acting” now.

There are lots of ways to do that. Join up with “Indivisible,” or start one of those “Civic Health Clubs.” Or – and, here’s a thought – “Run For Something!” I am someone who did just that, and I recommend it!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
FARCICAL TRUMP UNIVERSITY FAKERS, DREAMLINER BONANZA, LIMITS

Last week, President Trump took the stage with HHS Secretary Robert Kennedy Jr., and expounded upon his knowledge of OTC medicines with unpronounceable names — therefore unsafe for HIM as well? He expanded his Department of War on Women by spewing conspiracy theories about Tylenol, taking his cues from RFK Jr, that the pain reliever when taken by pregnant women causes autism in their offspring — this in spite of the fact that studies don’t agree with these two unqualified non-holders of medical licenses, though both may hold documentation from Trump UniversityKristofer Harrison of Dekleptocracy Alliance agrees that these claims are going to harm expectant mothers since Tylenol is the only pain reliever deemed safe during pregnancies, not to mention allowing fevers to go unchecked is a risk to the developing child. Also, Harrison’s quibble with this whole episode is the sickness that someone got rich off this “farce of an announcement.” It was noted that traders were shorting Tylenol’s parent company, Kenvue, even before the dynamic MAGADuo took to the podium, which is “not a natural market movement.” Someone had foreknowledge of the two fakers’ impending attack which Harrison calls a “textbook case for an insider trading investigation,” a consistent pattern with Trump insiders.

To Harrison, “it’s bad enough that Trump and his cronies are spreading misinformation, endangering kids with anti-vax conspiracies, and forcing pregnant women to suffer — it’s even worse that they’re getting rich while they do so. Trump’s administration is stacked with con artists. And when it comes to public policy, it’s clear that their first priority is always running to the stock market and cashing in.” Arwa Mahdawi writes in The Guardian, “Donald Trump is a man with no medical training. However, that’s’ never stopped the very stable genius from inflicting his unhinged health views on the rest of us, has it?” Mahdawi reminds us that in 2020, the makers of Dettol and Lysol had to issue urgent statements explaining that injecting disinfectants to fight COVID-19 was not a good suggestion — after The Don had proposed that cure. Attacking Trump’s “trademark eloquence” — “Taking Tylenol is, uuuuhhhhh, not good,” — and she recalls that Kennedy told Congress, “people shouldn’t take medical advice from me.” Case closed? Ha!

But Trump suggests his medical advice is, “if you’re feeling poorly while pregnant you should ‘fight like hell,'” and continue to suffer? Mahdawi says Trump’s point makes no sense and is advancing wildly irresponsible guidance, since there is no evidence for a causative link between the ingredient, acetaminophen, and autism. Even JD Vance restrained himself from advancing Trump’s advice, urging women to rely on their doctors. Trump’s misogynistic demand that women ‘tough it out’ also reminds us that women’s pain is often misunderstood or ignored, with the medical establishment taking more seriously a man’s suffering. Mahdawi references a 2022 study from the Journal of the American Heart Association, finding that chest pain in women resulted in a 29% longer wait in the emergency department for evaluation compared to men.

The Tylenol bugaboo is yet another instance of mom-shaming says sociology professor Martine Lappé. Studies have shown a link between advanced paternal age and autism, but society ignores that and doesn’t shame men for fathering children late in life. A 59- year-old Donald Trump sired Barron, resulting in his preening about his virility, of his staying young by producing offspring. The president’s concern is not for women’s health, rather another thumb on the scale for control. Mahdawi concludes her piece with, “It’s another way to reduce us to walking wombs rather than multidimensional human beings. This war on Tylenol is also very much a war on women. Now, if only there was a pill we could take to help us deal with this MAGA-induced malaise. As it is, we are ALL just going to have to ‘tough it out.'” And, remember, the only way to stop a bad guy with Tylenol is a good guy with Extra-Strength Tylenol.

Brett Meiselas of MeidasTouch/Meidas Health sat down with Dr. Vin Gupta last week to respond to the disinformation disgorged by Trump and the Kennedy family’s black sheep, RFK Jr. Terming it deliberate, malicious, reckless and dangerous, they sought to challenge these types of lies that will result in people dying. It was said that children “shouldn’t receive vaccines like MMR (measles, mumps, rubella) together,” insisting hepatitis B shots be delayed until age 12, and as RFK Jr declared he had never seen an elderly person with autism, “as if that were meaningful science,” Trump was nodding his head in agreement — or fighting off a nap. “And then came the lies about the Amish, about Cuba, about autism being virtually nonexistent in those populations because they ‘don’t take vaccines,'” writes Meiselas. “This wasn’t just ignorance. It was a calculated performance of disinformation designed to confuse, scare, and undermine public trust in medicine. We’ve seen this Trump Show before. During COVID, it was bleach injections and hydroxychloroquine. Now it’s Tylenol and childhood vaccines. The difference? Back then, his own advisors looked at him like he was insane. Today, he surrounds himself with professional sycophants nodding along, giving legitimacy to his gibberish.”

Dr. Gupta discussed the respected research on the Tylenol question in the 25-year Swedish study of 2.5 million children, which showed no link in acetaminophen use and autism. He says, “That’s not speculation. It’s peer-reviewed data published in top medical journals and affirmed by the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Denying that reality isn’t just irresponsible. It’s cruel. It’s telling women to grit their teeth and suffer, all in the service of Trump’s warped ego and RFK Jr’s long-debunked crusade.” Meiselas added to the discussion, saying what Trump is doing isn’t random: “It fits his authoritarian playbook. Strongmen across history have pretended that they alone can solve complex problems without experts, without science, without evidence. Trump thrives on bending reality, doubling down on lies, and creating chaos until people don’t know what’s true anymore. He doesn’t care if pregnant women suffer or if children die of preventable disease. What he cares about is control over truth, over institutions, over people’s very bodies. It’s the same pathology we’ve seen in his cover-ups, in his ‘hoax’ rhetoric, in his disdain for science and expertise.”

And now, we see the damage spreading across the country as pediatricians and OB-GYNs field frantic questions from parents, expectant mothers, with doctors already overburdened by the confusion strewn about by the Trump machine as it attacks our medical and health framework. This is real-world harm falling hardest on those who need clear, accurate guidance to obtain consistent access to healthcare. Meiselas says, “We need corporate America to show moral clarity and reject this nonsense. We need leaders across politics, business and culture to stand up and say ‘enough is enough.’ Short-term profit and transactional deals are meaningless if we allow authoritarian lies to dismantle the very fabric of public health.”

From The New York Times‘ headline, ‘President Ignores Science,’ Eliot Kirschner of Through the Fog on Substack surmises that Trump has wandered into flat Earth territory, with his “pure and unadulterated quack-doctoring b.s.” In actuality, Kirschner says the Times headline could be used on almost “any press run reporting on any day of this horrific administration…the president ignores data and goes with his gut (which some have pointed out seems a bit less ample these days likely because of the new weight loss drugs discovered by, yes, SCIENCE).” He suggests headlines that read ‘President Ignores Democracy; …the Law;…History;…Empathy;…National Security;…Our Allies;…Accountability;…Expertise;…Critical Thinking’ and on and on. “In this way, and others, Donald Trump is an ignoramus. The modern definition of the word some sources helpfully caution is ‘derogatory,’ an ignorant person. A dunce. The word’s origins come from the Latin, where ignoramus literally means ‘we do not know,” writes Kirschner.

In medieval times, grand juries not finding suitable evidence to bring charges against an accused, returned any investigative documents marked ‘ignoramus,’ and from which this legal jargon morphed into an epithet, today savored and used by many. Kirschner fears that the press, in taking baby steps in their honesty about reporting Trump’s spurning of truth, doesn’t even approach the full “picture of horror” we are experiencing. The president doesn’t stop at ignoring science, he is hostile toward it, and everything it represents, destroying it in his war on the truth, his war with democracy, and his war with reason. Kirschner concedes, “While Trump certainly fits the definition of an ignoramus, that term doesn’t begin to capture all of the other attributes that make him completely unfit for office — the malevolence, the cruelty, the corruption, and the hatred. We are too deep into this regime to give him any benefit of the doubt. ‘Ignores’ is far too benign a verb. What we see everyday is a mixture of power, stupidity, and cruelty that would be unimaginably shocking in any other presidency in our history. And that is a truth that should be impossible for any of us to ignore.

As might be expected, humorist Andy Borowitz jumped into the Tylenol confusion: “According to a new study published on Monday, there is a strong link between Donald Trump being president and increased use of Tylenol. The study, which was published by the University of Minnesota Medical School, reports that consumption of the pain reliever has increased by nine thousand percent since Trump’s inauguration in January. Professor Davis Logsdon, who supervised the study, called the data ‘surprising,’ adding, ‘We expected the increase to be much greater.’ Logsdon said that the medical school would soon release additional findings linking Trump’s presidency to an increased use of alcohol, marijuana, and crack.

Daily Kos reported that Boeing announced a deal with Uzbekistan to buy 14 planes, and perhaps another eight later on. That was Trump’s cue to jump on Truth Social, trying to take credit: “Earlier this month I spoke with the Highly Respected President of Uzbekistan, Shavkat Mirziyoyev. Today I want to congratulate President Mirziyoyev on signing a GREAT Deal with Boeing! Worth over $8 Billion Dollars, Uzbekistan Airways is purchasing 22,787 Dreamliners. This will create over 35,000 jobs in the United States. President Mirziyoyev is a man of his word, and we will continue to work together on many more items! Thank you for your attention to this matter.” So, Donnie Boy, that works out to $351,000 per plane, at an efficiency of 1.5 workers per plane? Yep, the ignoramus added a comma where there should have been a space, and no one felt empowered or emboldened enough to actually say, “Sir, ahem, Sir, that’s inaccurateSir.” Of course, his brain isn’t capable of doing the basic math that would have immediately have caught the error. His mention of creating 35,000 new jobs is also in error — the existing work force will be kept on the assembly line, with no lay offs — so ignore Trump’s claim of creating new jobs as well…ain’t happenin’.

The president’s Boeing Dreamliner post blunder is a good reminder of his statement recently at his BedminsterNew Jersey golf club, where he is seen on video telling chortling attendees, “Smart people don’t like me, you know? And they don’t like what we talk about.” Texas Representative Jasmine Crockett fired back on X, “I agree! So does MAGA know what this means…what he thinks of them?” Asked for comments on Crockett’s post, White House spokesperson Abigail Jackson told the Daily Beast, “All three of Jasmine Crockett’s brain cells are infected with Trump Derangement Syndrome.” As Albert Einstein is quoted as saying, “The difference between stupidity and genius is that genius has its limits.

Lee Moran writes on HuffPost, “Timothy Garton Ash, a professor of European studies at the University of Oxford, predicted in an essay for The Guardian that Americans have only 400 days to save their democracy.” “Hysterical hyperbole? I would love to think so,” admits Garton Ash, “but during seven weeks in the US this summer, I was shaken every day by the speed and executive brutality of President Trump’s assault on what had seemed settled norms of US democracy, and by the desperate weakness of resistance to that assault.” He says that despite the Democrats‘ muddled policies, and their current mess of leadership, Americans must hope that this party regains control of Congress to force the GOP to “start doing its job again” to keep the White House in check.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“Vikings”

“Cattle die, friends die, and the same with you; but I know one thing that never dies: the reputation of a dead man.”
~Hávamál

“It is better to stand and fight. If you run, you’ll only die tired.”
~Viking Proverb

“No one is a total fool if he knows when to hold his tongue.”
~Hávamál

“The sword of a coward seldom leaves its sheath.”
~Viking Proverb

“To love and be loved is the greatest gift of all.”
~Viking Saying

Very sadly, Tim Eagan left us recently. My video this week is a tribute to him that I found on YouTube. He will be sorely missed


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

September 24 – 30, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back next week… Steinbruner… Help stop human trafficking… Hayes… back soon… Patton… Bipolar Disorder… Matlock… narcissism… delusion… incompetence… cruelty… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Who, me? Quotes on… “Monty Python”

...

HOLY CROSS CHURCH AND SANCTUARY.. Circa 1889. Margbater Koch’s book says the Church on the left was dedicated in 1858 and was used until the brick sanctuary on the right was built in 1889.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: September 24, 2025

THE ADDAMS FAMILY AT THE MOUNTAIN COMMUNITY THEATER. This musical plays from September 19 – October 19, so you still have time to get some tickets and go check it out. We are going on the 3rd, maybe I’ll see you there! Support local artists! Watch live entertainment! If we don’t attend the shows and patronize the businesses, they won’t be around…

ARE YOU A MONTY PYTHON FAN? YouTube wouldn’t let me embed the video I wanted, so I’m just going to link to it. It is a mini documentary in black and white, called Before the Flying Circus. I have vivid memories of watching Monty Python as a kid, on the second TV in the kitchen at my grandparents’ house. They weren’t wild about it, as I recall…

Anyway, do watch the documentary! I’m going to step out of the way right quick, and let you get into the column for this week. When the next one comes out, it will be – hold on to your hat – October! I swear, time moves faster every year…

~Webmistress

...

WEAPONS. In theatres, Apple TV. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ***-

Weapons: “Pulp Fiction” meets “The Monsters Are Due on Maple Street”.

A perfect suburban horror: 17 children get up in the middle of the night, and run off into oblivion. The problem is, they’re all from the same class. The problem is, it’s the entire class…but one. The problem is, it must be the teacher.

Or is it.

The film structures its mystery through overlapping points of view, evoking Pulp Fiction’s fractured narrative. At the same time, it channels Rod Serling’s “The Monsters Are Due On Maple Street”, where paranoia and fear become more destructive than the supposed threat itself. Just when the audience feels grounded, the story pivots in an unexpected direction.

The cast is anchored by the elfin Julia Garner (Ozark), Josh Brolin (“Thanos” Avengers), and Benedict Wong (Doctor Strange). Rather than relying on gore or jump scares, the film builds an atmosphere of unease that lingers after.

It’s unsettling, thought-provoking, and worth a watch.
~Sarge

WEDNESDAY (Season 2). Netflix. Series (8 IMDb) ****

Learning from Season 1, they eschew romance for Wednesday and instead keep her caught between her rocky relationship with her mother (Morticia, played by Catherine Zeta-Jones) and her attempts to thwart a tragic prophecy (how very unlike Wednesday).

This season brings a slew of new guest stars, including Lady Gaga, Christopher Lloyd (he was Fester in the ’90s Addams Family movies), Steve Buscemi, and Billie Piper (pop singer and Rose from Doctor Who), along with brief surprise returns from Christina Ricci (she played Wednesday in the ’90s films) and Gwendoline Christie. Breakout new character Agnes DeMille (played by Evie Templeton – a young actress to watch for) steals many of the scenes she’s in.

Sadly, the show still features the “Outcasts” as a marginalized group, as it did in Season 1. I’ve always felt the Addams Family worked best when their innocent bewilderment at their effect on “normies” drove the humor. Still, the season offers plenty of laughs and a terrific cast to carry you through. Worth a watch.

Snap! Snap!

~Sarge

THE THURSDAY MURDER CLUB. Netflix. Movie (6.7 IMDb) ***
After a parade of smarmy Hallmark whodunits comes an honest-to-goodness real cozy mystery … starring Helen Mirren, Pierce Brosnan, Ben Kingsley, Celia Imrie, and David Tennant … directed by Chris Columbus (yes, that Chris Columbus: Harry Potter, Home Alone, The Goonies)! It’s a delight, and I already want a whole series.

The Thursday Murder Club follows a band of sharp-witted retirees in a retirement community who amuse themselves by cracking cold cases…until they stumble into a brand-new mystery – one that could turn them into the next victims. Fully worth a watch.
~Sarge

HONEY DON’T. In Theatres. Movie (5.7 IMDb) ***-
The Hate Child of Wes Anderson and Quentin Tarantino: Ethan Coen’s Honey Don’t

As a long-standing Coen Brothers fan, I approached Ethan Coen’s solo outing with some trepidation. On the surface, it’s a twist on the hard-boiled dick story—only without the dick. Margaret Qualley steps into the role with dry, sensual humor, wandering through the bleak romanticism of lovely Bakersfield. Aubrey Plaza shows up as, shocker, a “quirky” cop/love interest, but brings surprising spark and passion. And Chris Evans, finally tucking Captain America to bed, slimes it up as a skeezy small-town preacher.

The film stretches itself trying to cover too much emotional ground and juggles a few more story threads than it can quite manage. Still, even if it’s not top-shelf Coen, I’d argue any Coen is better than no Coen. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

A GOOD GIRL’S GUIDE TO MURDER. Netflix. Series. (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Another I missed when it first came out last year, but now that the Great Move is over (we just shifted home from Rio Del Mar, to Ben Lomond – complete with our own redwood grove, and our courageous ducks) I’ve had time to get back into this all.

“A Good Girl’s Guide to Murder” follows high school senior Pippa “Pip” Fitz-Amobi (played by Wednesday’s perky werewolf roommate, Emma Mayers, back on her home turf in Britain) as she reopens the five-year-old murder case of older classmate Andie Bell. Though officially closed with boyfriend Sal Singh’s confession and suicide, Pip suspects his innocence and, with Sal’s younger brother, makes it her final academic project. What she uncovers is a web of secrets and dangerous truth, putting herself and those she loves in the crosshairs.

Cozyish, with some modern nastiness (no sex, just real crime stuff), and elevated by strong performances – nods all around for Anna Maxwell Martin as Pip’s mother, torn between wrangling her brilliant, headstrong daughter and recognizing at the same time her fragility as still just a kid. Their dynamic is a standout.

Spoiler and trigger warning: yes, the dog dies. Sorry, but that’s a trigger that needs to be respected. Deal with it.

Based on Holly Jackson’s YA mystery series, the show has already been renewed for a second season, adapting the next book

~Sarge

FANTASTIC FOUR: FIRST STEPS. In theaters. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****
The First Family of comics finally feels like a real family. Since their 1961 debut, the Fantastic Four have always centered on family dynamics, and this adaptation leans fully into that core. Reed Richards (Pedro Pascal), Susan Storm (Vanessa Kirby), her brother Johnny (Joseph Quinn), and Reed’s lifelong friend Ben Grimm (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) share a life-changing space accident that leaves them with strange powers. Thankfully, the film skips the typical origin sturm und drang and instead drops us years after their transformation. The characterizations stay true to their comic counterparts, and the retro-futurist design (evoking the TVA from Loki) is pure visual delight.

Much like Superman earlier this year, this film is more concerned with who these people are than with non-stop action. The Fantastic Four are inherently decent, and the film allows their personalities and relationships to breathe. There’s even a non-human, non-speaking comic sidekick (H.E.R.B.I.E., filling the Krypto slot from Superman), and it works. Some may feel the superhero action is a bit light (Reed’s stretchy powers, for instance, are used sparingly, perhaps to avoid full Jim Carrey territory) but it strikes a fair balance. There’s a ton of CG, particularly in the beautifully realized retro Manhattan, but it blends so well you barely notice.

No bad performances, standout production design, and a few genuinely epic set pieces make this one a win. And for those complaining about woke gender flips: there have been many heralds over the years, male and female, including Shalla Bal. It’s faithful where it counts, fresh where it needs to be, and, most importantly, it finally gives us a Fantastic Four that lives up to their name.

...

On a break this week, back next!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
HELP STOP HUMAN TRAFFICKING IN SANTA CRUZ COUNTY

The recent Santa Cruz County Civil Grand Jury investigative report has let us know that human trafficking is real, and it is happening here in Santa Cruz County. [Human Trafficking Report]

Two local non-profits, Rising Worldwide and Arukah Project, were identified as sources of effective help for victims, caught in the dangerous web of sex and labor servitude, to escape safely and begin to heal.

The reason these two non-profits are the best choices for help is because they are both led by survivors of human trafficking. They train local emergency responders and educators to recognize the signs of someone being trafficked, and help youth stay out of the claws of trafficking predators on social media.

Both organizations have fundraisers coming up next month.

Please support them all that you are able. Their work helps the most vulnerable escape safely, and could help someone you know from falling prey to sex or labor bondage. It is happening here, whether we want to think about it or not.

Arukah Project Fundraiser on October 4:
Fourth Annual Freedom Banquet, at The Grove (400 Beach Street, Santa Cruz). Live music and dancing, with a silent auction to help raise much-needed funds to build a safe housing and shelter, emergency medical care, mental health support, education and awareness, legal advocacy and empowerment.

www.arukahproject.org

Rising Worldwide Fundraiser on October 28:
Our First Film: Volunteers Needed — The Truth Behind Orphanage Volunteerism

Across the globe, children are being trafficked through exploitative orphanages—taken from their families and communities, not because they are orphans, but because these institutions profit from well-meaning donations and volunteerism.

Shockingly, 80% of children in orphanages have at least one living parent. The consequences of forcibly separating children from their families, culture, and language are profound. These youth are thrust into relationships with well-intentioned but untrained and unvetted volunteers, who are misled into thinking they are offering hope and a better future.

Following the screening, join a panel discussion with filmmaker Barak Laub, two subject matter experts, and moderator Assemblymember Gail Pellerin.

Tuesday, October 28th | 6–8pm

Resource Center for Nonviolence
612 Ocean St, Santa Cruz, CA 95060

[BUY TICKETS HERE]
Interested in hosting a screening in your community? Contact carmel@risingworldwide.org

MIDCOUNTY GROUNDWATER AGENCY BOARD REFUSES TO ESTABLISH BASELINE TO VERIFY SEAWATER INTRUSION
Why wouldn’t an agency that is well-funded and is responsible for addressing groundwater conditions refuse to conduct necessary studies to establish baseline conditions before an expensive and risky project related starts up? How will we know if the project is working, or even if it is needed??? That was my question of the MidCounty Groundwater Agency Board last Thursday, but not one Board member would respond.

Last Thursday, I attended the MidCounty Groundwater Agency (MGA) Board meeting. This group, representing Soquel Creek Water District, Santa Cruz City Water Dept., Central Water District, and private well owners, is responsible for oversight of the Purisima and Aromas Red Sands Aquifers in our area that supply drinking water for the MidCounty area. The State’s Sustainable Groundwater Management Act of 2014 mandated the group organize and create a plan that will ensure the Aquifers are managed sustainably.

In order to begin, the MGA funded an Airborne Electromagnetic survey (AEM) that had Rambol, a Danish company, fly a helicopter over the beach areas near Capitola, Aptos and La Selva Beach to take a snapshot of where the saltwater-fresh water interface was located. It was a snapshot that the MGA promised the State and the people would be repeated in 2022 and 2027.

The MGA failed to conduct any AEM in 2022.

The State did a rough AEM survey in 2022 but did not follow the same flight lines of the 2017 survey, and even flew the electromagnetic device over populated areas inland…something the Danish company said was forbidden to do. Hmmmm….

The State’s results, still not made public, were determined to be too different from the Rambol study in areas where the two surveys did intersect. That caused the MGA Director, a hired professional working for the Community Foundation, to recommend spending up to $15,000 for Rambol’s Danish analyst to re-work the data to allow comparison.

Without public discussion or MGA Board approval, the Executive Committee, which is composed of the General Managers of Soquel Creek Water District, Santa Cruz City Water and Central Water Districts, as well as the County Water Resources Coordinator, all decided that the only area the data analysis should be done is in Seascape. NONE OF THE AREAS AT THE COAST WERE INCLUDED.

Why Seascape??? The only area of focus to address sea water intrusion is Seascape, and uses data from three wells that Soquel Creek Water District drilled there in the 1980’s FOR THE PURPOSE OF FINDING THE DEPTH TO SALTWATER IN THE AREA.

These three wells are now being used as cause to support the need for Soquel Creek Water District’s PureWater Soquel Project. You can see the expensive sewage water treatment facility adjacent to the new whale-motif pedestrian bridge over Highway One in Live Oak. The effluent is pumped from there to three locations in Aptos where the effluent is then pressure-injected into the aquifer. (Never mind that District Boardmember Bruce Daniels initially instructed the public that the Project’s effluent would feed into the aquifer by gravity flow.)

So, we come full circle to the initial question: Why won’t the MGA conduct the AEM survey to really determine the status of the aquifer overdraft as an operational baseline for the PureWater Project??? The Board held fast to their silence to answer that question, and to doggedly aim their sights on a 2027 AEM survey.

The PureWater Soquel Project is not yet operational. It is more than a year overdue. No one seems to want to explain why.

No one in the MidCounty Groundwater Agency responsible for establishing measurable and objective data to ensure our groundwater is safe and well-managed is willing to be accountable to the Sustainability Plan that they promised the people and the State Water Board because they just don’t seem to want to know (or let the public know) what the real aquifer overdraft condition is, or to verify that the expensive Project injecting treated sewage water into our pristine drinking water is even necessary.

COUNTY COMMISSION ON THE ENVIRONMENT RUSH LACKS TRANSPARENCY
Why does this Commission’s Chair insist on creating recommendations for the Board of Supervisors, but not share them with the public? The claim is that the Board of Supervisors will begin reviewing a new Ordinance to regulate grid-scale lithium battery energy storage systems (BESS) in the County as soon as November 18, so the Commission needs to rush recommendations so that they are included.

That was the Chair’s explanation for not sharing his recommendations with anyone outside of the Commission, and refused to even make them visible on a screen at the meeting so that members of the public could see them as the Commissioners were discussing them.

“Why aren’t your recommendations available to the public?” I wanted to know.
“Because we are just discussing them, that’s all. And we can’t be slowed down in order to get them to the Board before they review the draft BESS Ordinance.” explained the Chair. Hmmmmm…..

At a time when the County Administrative Officer, Carlos Palacios, is booting out many of the County’s advisory Commissions, the Board of Supervisors seems unusually dependent upon information from the Commission on the Environment about grid-scale lithium battery energy storage systems (BESS) to seemingly guide a new Ordinance to regulate the three that are planned for Santa Cruz County.

Notably, one such project is already in permit process: Seahawk Energy Project at 90 Minto Road in Watsonville.

The Commission held three BESS workshops, with guest speakers who were lobbyists for the lithium battery industry. At conclusion, the Chair of the Commission decided to write up a Summary of the information gathered. It was also supposed to include the questions and concerns posed by the public.

However, the format of this 11-page Summary made it impossible to know where the questions originated, let alone the answers. There are no citations to fact-check anything. Many of the questions the public posed were not included.

This document was never placed on the Commission’s agenda for public discussion. It was simply posted on the Commission’s website with the final workshop materials. Commissioners were to take that document and meet with their Supervisor. Did any do that? The Chair did not ask at the subsequent meeting. Instead…rushed to pressure Commissioners to adopt his recommendations that were kept hidden from the public attending the meeting.

The Commission Chair has forgotten that the Commission on the Environment represents the public. It seems his ego has taken over.

The Commissioners voted to form an Ad Hoc committee to draft the recommendations that will go straight to the Board of Supervisors…without review. I was glad to see that Commissioners who say little in the meetings volunteered to serve on the Ad Hoc committee. I hope that the Chair, who placed himself on it as well. will not dominate the others.

Stay tuned. In the meantime, if you have thoughts about what you want to see included in the County’s Draft BESS Ordinance, please write Staff member David Carlson, david.carlson@santacruzca.gov

LISTEN THIS FRIDAY TO LEARN ABOUT MOSS LANDING VISTRA BATTERY FIRE CONTAMINATION
Listen in from your computer or smart device to “Community Matters” this Friday, September 26, at 2pm – 4pm Pacific Time to hear what Scott Smith of Blue Shirt Justice League has learned about the contamination levels at the Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire site. goblueshirtjustice.org

At 3pm, Mr. David Hurwitz will be my Guest to discuss the October 8 event discussion about the Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire disaster that is sponsored by the California Art & Science Institute (CASI) in Monterey.

The program will be recorded and posted on the Community Matters webpage

WRITE ONE LETTER. MAKE ONE CALL. THINK ABOUT WHAT YOU ENJOY MOST IN SANTA CRUZ COUNTY AND WORK TO PROTECT IT.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Back soon!

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, September 22, 2025

Bipolar Disorder
Bipolar Disorder causes drastic emotional fluctuations, characterized by “highs” and “lows.”

The above definition comes from a website devoted to the treatment of psychiatric problems. I am thinking, however, of the “political” kind of “bipolar disorder” that seems to be predominating in our politics these days. I have already done a blog posting on “polarization,” and when political polarization goes too far, I think it’s fair to call it out as a “disorder.”

But…. has political polarization gone too far? I am thinking that the answer is “yes.” My reason for saying that, however, is not, as one might expect, caused by my reaction to the incredible and highly personal hostility manifested in the division between the Republican Party and the Democratic Party, with offensive schoolyard taunts launched daily by our current president, and with massively hostile personal remarks coming from both Republicans and Democrats – directed at persons on the “other side.” All of these offensive behaviors are becoming an ever more common phenomenon.

This personal and partisan hostility, ever more frequently expressed in our politics, with almost no restraint, does give any thoughtful person a pause, but as I have already said, I came to the “bipolar disorder” diagnosis from a somewhat different direction. It was an article in Vox that made me think about “bipolar disorder” as the right term to identify what I perceive to be a worrying part of our current politics. The Vox article was titled, “The Three-Way Battle For The Democratic Party.”

As the title indicates, Senior Politics Correspondent Andrew Prokop was not commenting on relationships between the Republicans and the Democrats. He was commenting on divisions within the Democratic Party itself, and how those differences might mean that the Democratic Party will not beat out the Republicans in the next round of elections, to recover a majority in at least one House of Congress. As I read the article (which I certainly encourage you to do, too, by clicking the link I have provided), I realized that ordinary citizens are now, pretty much, thinking about politics solely in terms of political parties – as opposed to thinking about politics in terms of policies and programs.

The Republican Party, headed by our current president, seems to want to dismantle and destroy programs and policies that originated long ago, in the 1930s and the 1940s, and that have demonstrated the commitment of the United States to global cooperation and to a government, here at home, that responds to the most pressing of human needs, from housing, to education, to health care. Instead of building upon our past accomplishments, and making further advances, the Republican Party and the Trump Administration are attempting to reverse policies, like those that have led to U.S. supported international health and humanitarian aid programs, that many, if not most, Americans have come to assume are agreed-upon goals which our country should pursue as a matter of course.

But…. (and this is what got me, as I read Prokop’s article) the response of a veteran political observer to this situation is not to comment on the specifics of the policies and programs that the Republicans are attempting (often illegally) to eliminate, and to argue why these policies and programs must be defended. Instead, Prokop’s article is aimed at diagnosing the Democratic Party’s internal functioning, implicitly accepting the idea that American citizens have only two real choices, and that when important policies and programs are threatened, with the support of the Republican Party, the only effective response will have to be to figure out how to get the Democratic Party to regroup and offer a politically-appealing alternative. Of course (and this reinforces the point I am trying to make) Elon Musk suggests that if the Republican Party is headed in the wrong direction, and the Democratic Party is also dysfunctional, the solution is a new political party. Our policy debates come down to this: which “party” will get the most support. Until proven otherwise by Mr. Musk, I think it’s fair to say we have only two choices.

I call this a “bipolar disorder,” because while political parties are definitely an important part of our political landscape, we, the people, should actually be focusing on the programs and policies we think are needed, and then we should be working to make certain that our “representatives,” irrespective of their political party, do what we want, and what we think is best.

If “self-government,” usually called “democracy,” requires that our national policies accomplish what the majority of the people want, we should, I think, be organizing around the policies and programs that a majority do, in fact, support. Deciding which “party” will govern, as opposed to which things must be done by our government, is a transfer of our authority, as citizens, to political parties that are all too easily commandeered by “partisans” who make their own, personal interests paramount.

Relying on “parties” to get us what we want has gotten us where we are. Like I say, I think that’s proven to be “bipolar disorder.”

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
GOING DEER, MICKEY MOUSE OPS, LEMONADE

So what do you do with a podcast bozo you placed in charge of the nation’s top law enforcement agency? FBI Director Kashyap Patel is said to be underwater in the Trump administration, admits Fox News, with former Missouri Attorney General Andrew Bailey being sworn in as deputy FBI director along with Dan Bongino, even as officials question Patel’s competence in running the agency. All this, with the White House establishing a new position, unexplained, and leaving the FBI confused, according to Fox. Patel’s complete bungling of the Charlie Kirk assassination, ignoring input from local authorities, and coating his face with egg by announcing on X that two suspects had been arrested, but later released, only leads to questions about his firing of the Salt Lake City FBI office head, Mehtab Syed, for ambiguous reasons — Syed being a competent and well-respected leader. Mr. Patel is already facing several lawsuits for his political-related purges at the FBI.

Satirist Andy Borowitz, in his The Borowitz Report, contributed his take on Patel’s skating on thin ice: “In a setback for the embattled FBI director, Kash Patel learned on Friday that he was being replaced by a startled deer. According to White House sources, Donald J. Trump made the decision after deciding that the deer would instill more confidence during its media appearances. Informing Patel of his decision in a brief phone call, Trump reportedly said, ‘Sorry, Kash — we’re going deer.’ Though Trump’s nominee, if confirmed would become the first antlered mammal to lead the FBI, most law enforcement experts believe that the deer would represent an upgrade.”

A followup by Borowitz on Patel’s replacement reads: “Hoping to stop the bleeding after millions boycotted its products, Disney announced on Monday that it was launching a new late-night comedy show on ABC starring Kash Patel. Patel, who earlier this month was replaced as FBI director by a startled deer, received a ringing endorsement from Disney CEO Bob Iger. “We’re confident that all of Kash’s jokes will be acceptable to the president, especially since the head writer will be Stephen Miller,” Iger said. Urging viewers to ‘give Kash a chance,” Iger added, “if he’s even half as funny as he was at the Senate last week, this show is going to huge.'”

Patel’s stumble with saying a shooter was in custody, only to discover the killer was still at large, generated heat over his leadership and his candor — or lack thereof. After suspect Tyler Robinson was finally in custody, anti-DEI crusader Chris Rufo posted on X, “I’m grateful that Utah authorities have captured the suspect in the Charilie Kirk assassination, and I think it is time for Republicans to assess whether Kash Patel is the right man to run the FBI. He performed terribly in the last few days, and it’s not clear whether he has the operational expertise to investigate, infiltrate, and disrupt violent movements — of whatever ideology — that threaten the peace in the United States.” Rufo adds that many of his conservative acquaintances lack confidence in “the current structure of the FBI.”

Director Patel flew to Utah the day after the shooting, purportedly to oversee the investigation, but former Trump adviser Steve Bannon on his ‘Bannon’s War Room‘ show, said, “I don’t know why Kash flew out there, you know, thousands of miles, to give us, ‘Hey, working partnerships and our great partnership in Utah’ — OK, got that.” Bannon complained that the resulting press conference did not include more details about the shooter, the timeline of the incident, and how he was apprehended, but the FBI offered no comment on the criticism from MAGAts on their handling of the case. Utah Governor Spencer Cox disclosed that Tyler Robinson’s family had reached out to a friend who then contacted the Washington County Sheriff’s Office, to tell them the suspect had “confessed to them or implied that he had committed the incident.” Bannon emphasized that it all came together because of the family and there “was not great law enforcement work.”

Smarting from his failure, the following day Patel fumed at his minions over their failure to give him timely information, including photos of the suspect, then going into a profanity-laced tirade, telling his subordinates he would not tolerate “Mickey Mouse operations,” further antagonizing right-wingers. On HuffPostSenator Dick Durbin, the top Democrat on the Senate Judiciary Committee, is quoted as saying, “It was amateur hour. He was doing a running commentary. Historically, the FBI keeps its mouth closed until it believes it’s the right time and the right message.” A New York Times report added that Director Patel’s actions “have already invited scorn and scrutiny from the bureau’s work force, and some senior officials at the Justice Department, who think his behavior has eroded public confidence in the agency.”

Kashyap Patel instituted himself into the president’s good graces once he became a fixture in MAGA media/social media following Trump’s first term. He served as an aide on the House Intelligence Committee and National Security Council, using that experience to bolster his bonafides on right-wing podcasts to accuse the government of “weaponization” against Trump. He also authored a children’s book, ‘The Plot Against the King,’ featuring a character named Hillary Queenton who spreads lies against King Donald, lies based on the Steele dossier. After Trump’s announcement of nominating Patel to lead the FBI, many reasons were raised about why this was a bad idea, most having to do with the podcaster’s record of being a hyper-partisan conspiracy theorist and sycophantic ally of The Don; but the most compelling reason should have been his lack of experience or qualifications for the job, a charge he has been battling since day one. Political scientist, Norman Ornstein, added his own brickbat: “Not merely an utter incompetent. A liar too.”

As might be expected, in covering his own butt, Trump specifically praised Attorney General Pam Bondi on ‘Fox and Friends‘ after he had announced the apprehension of suspect Robinson. “Everybody worked together. Pam Bondi is incredible, by the way. People don’t know what a star she is, she’s incredible. And it all worked out,” raved Trump. Incredible, got that? On the other hand, Rachel Cohen of NJ.com says, “The White House, Bondi, Blanche have no confidence in Kash,” according to one of her sources. The source added, “Pam in particular cannot stand him. Blanche either.” The administration shrugged off any plans to remove Patel, and both Bondi and Blanche discounted any blame for criticisms they may actually have. Reports from several sources close to Trump point to his dissatisfaction with incidents of Patel’s performance — in particular, his feuding with Bondi over the Jeffrey Epstein case, but also over “botched communications” during the Utah manhunt.

Posting as a guest writer on Cliff Schecter’s Blue Amp blog, a piece by David Shuster entitled ‘Kash Patel: The Keystone Cop Choking Our Republic, A joke who would just be a punchline if he weren’t so dangerous,’ says, “Donald Trump has long produced sycophants of such stupendous mediocrity that one marvels not merely at their survival, but at their ongoing power. Mr. Kashyap Patel, Trump’s Director of the FBI, is the latest example. It would be difficult to imagine a man less suited to run a federal agency — unless, of course, one has glimpsed at the rest of the current Trump Cabinet, which increasingly resembles a low-class variety show curated by Steve Bannon after three bourbons. To say that Patel is a bumbler is to libel honest incompetents the world over. Patel is something more extreme — a man who, when given a match, doesn’t merely drop it in the gasoline but insists it is actually lemonade, lights it anyway, and then lectures the fire chief on the virtues of deregulation.”

Shuster says the Utah assassination “demanded forensic rigor, tight-lipped professionalism, and the kind of strategic discretion that one would expect from whoever is running our nation’s top investigative body. Instead what did we get?” He describes Patel with “thumbs ablaze — though not definitively opposable — taking to X, blurting out that a suspect was in custody,” while law enforcement was finishing up at the crime scene. The writer calls it not just a failure of leadership, but a failure of basic adult thinking, as “truth inconveniently emerged with no suspect, no arrest, no idea who killed Charlie Kirk,” with Patel being forced to make his mortifying retraction. The embarrassing truth is that the FBI never ‘caught’ the killer, before he was finally turned in a day and a half later by family; then, Patel and Trump withheld the news for another nine hours to allow the president to make the announcement on ‘Fox and Friends.’

End of the self-glorification? Hardly! Patel’s desire for the limelight and self-promotion later found him on Fox News posing as a prosecutor, as he disclosed details that any half-witted defense attorney will now use to argue for a mistrial, “tainting the public record before the yellow police tape had been removed,” claims Shuster. “If justice is blind, Patel seems determined to gouge out its remaining eye — even if both of his can’t seem to focus on the problem. But we should not be surprised. Patel is the same man whose first order of business as FBI Director was to fire agents whose primary sin was doggedly investigating two things that inflame Trump World: the January 6 insurrection and Russia’s curious fondness for the 2016 GOP Presidential nominee.” Shuster adds: “in a saner era, firing career FBI agents because they pursued criminal investigations would be called obstruction of justice. Under the Trump administration, it’s called ‘cleaning house.'”

Patel personally knew Kirk, considering him a friend, which led to his emotional tribute at the end of the week: “To my friend Charlie Kirk: Rest now, brother. We have the watch, and I’ll see you in Valhalla,” referencing the hall of slain warriors from Norse mythology. These words may end up jeopardizing the prosecution of Robinson according to a former prosecutor. Robert James, a former DA in DeKalb County in Georgia, said, “Impartiality is very important when you’re looking at facts and determining who did what, what the motivation was and that sort of thing. So you never want to put yourself in a position where lawyers get involved and then you open yourself up to cross examination in a courtroom about your perception or perspective, and it happens in high-profile homicide cases all the time.” Legal ramifications aside, Patel’s Valhalla comment resulted in some confusion online since Patel is Hindu, and Kirk, an evangelical Christian.

Shuster ends his piece with: “Mr. Patel is not an anomaly. He is the perfect mascot for a Trump administration that is fueled by narcissism, delusion, incompetence, and cruelty. The tragedy is not that Kash Patel holds power. It’s that so many Americans are content to let him keep it.” A sad observation, but undeniably, right on the money. At this reading, is he still there?

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“Monty Python”

“Listen — strange women lying in ponds distributing swords is no basis for a system of government. Supreme executive power derives from a mandate from the masses, not from some farcical aquatic ceremony.”

“Now go away, or I shall taunt you a second time.”

“This isn’t an argument, It’s a series of contradictory statements.”

“What a singularly appropriate gesture for these times.”

“The mill’s closed. There’s no more work. We’re destitute. I’ve got no option but to sell you all for scientific experiments.”

Henry Cho is one of my favorite comedians.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

September 17 – 23, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on the fate of the Clocktower Redwoods… Steinbruner… Board of Supervisors meeting location changes… Hayes… Fire Era… Patton… A Country Where Politics Feels Like Rage… Matlock… a price… but… yet… however… and… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… mindfulness… Quotes on… “Art”

...

SELECTIVE TREE HARVESTING IN THE SANTA CRUZ MOUNTAINS. As the now historic “SELECTIVE” harvesting goes they SELECT all the trees they can make big bucks from and strip the mountain sides.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: September 17, 2025

THAT WAS AMAZING! We were at Disneyland last week. Brian had a bunch of points from traveling for work, so we splurged and stayed at a hotel that had “Themepark Entrance” in the name… it was fantastic! Watching my grandkids, who are 1, 3, 5 and 10, have a blast was such a treat. Last time we were there was 7 years ago, and there was only the one grandkid. I really hope it won’t be 7 years before next time.

We did a lot of walking, so out of curiosity I checked the fitness app on my phone. I had 22,000 steps, 2 days in a row! Here at home, I often hover between 1500 and 2500… I really need to get back to going for walks every day!

Enjoy this week’s column, and we’ll all see you next week!

~Webmistress

...

WEDNESDAY (Season 2). Netflix. Series (8 IMDb) ****

Learning from Season 1, they eschew romance for Wednesday and instead keep her caught between her rocky relationship with her mother (Morticia, played by Catherine Zeta-Jones) and her attempts to thwart a tragic prophecy (how very unlike Wednesday).

This season brings a slew of new guest stars, including Lady Gaga, Christopher Lloyd (he was Fester in the ’90s Addams Family movies), Steve Buscemi, and Billie Piper (pop singer and Rose from Doctor Who), along with brief surprise returns from Christina Ricci (she played Wednesday in the ’90s films) and Gwendoline Christie. Breakout new character Agnes DeMille (played by Evie Templeton – a young actress to watch for) steals many of the scenes she’s in.

Sadly, the show still features the “Outcasts” as a marginalized group, as it did in Season 1. I’ve always felt the Addams Family worked best when their innocent bewilderment at their effect on “normies” drove the humor. Still, the season offers plenty of laughs and a terrific cast to carry you through. Worth a watch.

Snap! Snap!

~Sarge

THE THURSDAY MURDER CLUB. Netflix. Movie (6.7 IMDb) ***
After a parade of smarmy Hallmark whodunits comes an honest-to-goodness real cozy mystery … starring Helen Mirren, Pierce Brosnan, Ben Kingsley, Celia Imrie, and David Tennant … directed by Chris Columbus (yes, that Chris Columbus: Harry Potter, Home Alone, The Goonies)! It’s a delight, and I already want a whole series.

The Thursday Murder Club follows a band of sharp-witted retirees in a retirement community who amuse themselves by cracking cold cases…until they stumble into a brand-new mystery – one that could turn them into the next victims. Fully worth a watch.
~Sarge

HONEY DON’T. In Theatres. Movie (5.7 IMDb) ***-
The Hate Child of Wes Anderson and Quentin Tarantino: Ethan Coen’s Honey Don’t

As a long-standing Coen Brothers fan, I approached Ethan Coen’s solo outing with some trepidation. On the surface, it’s a twist on the hard-boiled dick story—only without the dick. Margaret Qualley steps into the role with dry, sensual humor, wandering through the bleak romanticism of lovely Bakersfield. Aubrey Plaza shows up as, shocker, a “quirky” cop/love interest, but brings surprising spark and passion. And Chris Evans, finally tucking Captain America to bed, slimes it up as a skeezy small-town preacher.

The film stretches itself trying to cover too much emotional ground and juggles a few more story threads than it can quite manage. Still, even if it’s not top-shelf Coen, I’d argue any Coen is better than no Coen. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

A GOOD GIRL’S GUIDE TO MURDER. Netflix. Series. (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Another I missed when it first came out last year, but now that the Great Move is over (we just shifted home from Rio Del Mar, to Ben Lomond – complete with our own redwood grove, and our courageous ducks) I’ve had time to get back into this all.

“A Good Girl’s Guide to Murder” follows high school senior Pippa “Pip” Fitz-Amobi (played by Wednesday’s perky werewolf roommate, Emma Mayers, back on her home turf in Britain) as she reopens the five-year-old murder case of older classmate Andie Bell. Though officially closed with boyfriend Sal Singh’s confession and suicide, Pip suspects his innocence and, with Sal’s younger brother, makes it her final academic project. What she uncovers is a web of secrets and dangerous truth, putting herself and those she loves in the crosshairs.

Cozyish, with some modern nastiness (no sex, just real crime stuff), and elevated by strong performances – nods all around for Anna Maxwell Martin as Pip’s mother, torn between wrangling her brilliant, headstrong daughter and recognizing at the same time her fragility as still just a kid. Their dynamic is a standout.

Spoiler and trigger warning: yes, the dog dies. Sorry, but that’s a trigger that needs to be respected. Deal with it.

Based on Holly Jackson’s YA mystery series, the show has already been renewed for a second season, adapting the next book

~Sarge

FANTASTIC FOUR: FIRST STEPS. In theaters. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****
The First Family of comics finally feels like a real family. Since their 1961 debut, the Fantastic Four have always centered on family dynamics, and this adaptation leans fully into that core. Reed Richards (Pedro Pascal), Susan Storm (Vanessa Kirby), her brother Johnny (Joseph Quinn), and Reed’s lifelong friend Ben Grimm (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) share a life-changing space accident that leaves them with strange powers. Thankfully, the film skips the typical origin sturm und drang and instead drops us years after their transformation. The characterizations stay true to their comic counterparts, and the retro-futurist design (evoking the TVA from Loki) is pure visual delight.

Much like Superman earlier this year, this film is more concerned with who these people are than with non-stop action. The Fantastic Four are inherently decent, and the film allows their personalities and relationships to breathe. There’s even a non-human, non-speaking comic sidekick (H.E.R.B.I.E., filling the Krypto slot from Superman), and it works. Some may feel the superhero action is a bit light (Reed’s stretchy powers, for instance, are used sparingly, perhaps to avoid full Jim Carrey territory) but it strikes a fair balance. There’s a ton of CG, particularly in the beautifully realized retro Manhattan, but it blends so well you barely notice.

No bad performances, standout production design, and a few genuinely epic set pieces make this one a win. And for those complaining about woke gender flips: there have been many heralds over the years, male and female, including Shalla Bal. It’s faithful where it counts, fresh where it needs to be, and, most importantly, it finally gives us a Fantastic Four that lives up to their name.

THIS IS SPINAL TAP. Vudu, Google Play, Amazon. Movie (7.9 IMDb) ****
When I was chronologically less-endowed (the ’80s) and UA owned almost all the screens in town (Del Mar, Rio, River Street Twin, Aptos Twin, and the 41st Ave Playhouse), I worked at the Del Mar and the Rio. I’d catch free movies all over town every week. Obviously, you only have so much mental storage, so with a lot of films, I just filed away whether I liked them or not.

So imagine my surprise when I went to see a Fathom Event 4K restoration of “This Is Spinal Tap” (in anticipation of the upcoming “Spinal Tap 2: The End Continues”) and realized I remembered everything, despite the 41 years between my first viewing and now.

For the uninitiated, this 1984 self-described “mockumentary” by Rob Reiner follows the later years of fictional band Spinal Tap. Told in loose documentary style, it also dives into their earlier phases as a Beatles-style quartet and later a psychedelic rock act. The core trio – Michael McKean, Christopher Guest, and Harry Shearer (who later reunited for “A Mighty Wind”) – are backed by a rotating cast of ill-fated drummers. Most of the dialogue is improvised, and the music manages to be both hilarious and genuinely good.

If you’ve never seen it, track down a copy or be ready to rent or buy it on Amazon. It’s worth going out of your way for a watch.

Sorry if I seem a little hyperbolic. You see, it goes to 11.
~Sarge

...

September 15, 2025

Fate of the two Clocktower Redwoods

Despite an outpouring of support to save these two heritage redwoods, the city council did not vote to invoke its own laws and require the developer, Workbench to make a design alteration to its six-story project to save the trees onsite. Rather, the final approved motion was to direct staff to explore the trees’ relocation, in collaboration with Workbench. Relocating big trees is very doable and successful. It is also very expensive. A further section of the motion was directing staff to review options for revisions to the heritage tree removal requirements, plus further analysis of objective standards and clarification of processes related to heritage tree removals.

Had city planners followed the heritage tree rules already on the books, there would be no need to reinvent the wheel. The fear is that the wheel, once examined by staff will be bent out of shape. I would like to be more optimistic, however my experience regarding the city’s record on heritage tree preservation is not encouraging.

Recall that in 2015, the city tried to change its Heritage Tree Ordinance by adding more reasons for granting a heritage tree removal permit, weakening existing removal criteria, and removing entire species from protection. It took a lawsuit against the city from the community group Save Our Big Trees, and an appellate court, to rule that the city could not make such changes without proper environmental review, which the city claimed it was not required to do. The judges disagreed.

That was then, and this is now. Despite a common belief that it is well-nigh impossible to get a heritage tree removal permit in the city, around 98% of tree removal permits applied for are granted. On average, each year, three to four hundred heritage trees are cut down, having been granted a permit for removal by the Parks and Recreation Department. Thus, our thirteen square mile city has lost between three and four thousand heritage trees since 2015. That is a jaw-dropping number. With rare exceptions, any replanting is largely invisible. Very occasionally you see one. There are two crepe myrtles opposite the now-shuttered Outdoor World on the dead-end side road off River St. A sorry replacement for the many heritage trees that used to frame the Outdoor World’s parking lot, that were all cut down when the apartments next to the river were built.

If our heritage trees are being felled at a rate of three to four hundred a year, the state housing laws are and will accelerate that loss. Building Accessory Dwelling Units under current state law allows for no tree protection if a heritage tree happens to be growing where an ADU is planned.  For large projects, such as the Workbench Clocktower project, the impacts are less clear. What is clear is that city planning staff did not address the issue of heritage tree preservation with the developer when both first met to discuss the project. A heritage tree can be cut down only if a project design cannot be altered to save the tree. The time for that discussion is right at the beginning of the process. Compounding that failure was the developer’s arborist who vastly exaggerated the space needed to protect the tree roots should the trees remain in place, an exaggeration approved by the city arborist.

At the appeal hearing before council, city planning staff defended their position with inaccurate statements and the dubious claim that the community may prefer more commercial space in the project rather than redwoods. The kiss of death however was given by the planning director and city attorney. The city had just prevailed in a lawsuit brought against the city by Workbench over the Food Bin project. In that case the court ruled that developers could not include non-habitable space that they intended to later convert to ADU’s and be covered under the density bonus law. Since about a quarter of the space in the Clocktower project is non-habitable space that they plan to later turn into ADU’s, that court ruling could have been cited as a reason to reduce the size of the Clocktower project without reducing the number of units and leaving space for the trees. However, that ruling where the city prevailed has been appealed by Workbench. Noting that appeal, staff then cited a San Diego case where the judge ruled against neighbors and for the developer in that “amenity” space cannot be removed in a density bonus project by city council vote. It was hard to figure out if the city attorney and planning director were working for Workbench or for the city.

The motion cited above was made by council member Susie O’Hara who expressed sincere regrets at not being able to vote for saving the two redwoods, given the statements from the planning director and the city attorney. Whether there is a serious attempt by city staff to research relocating the trees-next to the Town Clock is the obvious new site-remains to be seen.

What does need to change is planning staff’s casual attitude towards heritage tree preservation. That legal requirement and the rules associated with it need to be addressed at the first meeting of developer and planning staff. Council can make that happen. Whether they do so will largely determine whether we preserve or squander the city’s remaining heritage trees.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
COUNTY BOARD OF SUPERVISOR MEETING LOCATIONS CHANGING

The Board of Supervisors chambers is getting remodeled with money collected from cable companies in fees,  according to Supervisor Koenig.  He said the use of the money is very restricted to upgrading equipment for live streaming and meeting recordings,  but I have to wonder how a complete make-over of the seating orientation qualifies.  CAO Palacios claimed the project will “enhance the public’s experience.”  Hmmm…
 
On August 19, 2025, the Board approved Consent Agenda Item #25 that added a third change order for William Fisher Architect, this one in the amount of nearly $135,000 to adjust the scope of work… 
 
“The General Services Department requests Board approval of an amendment to the expenditure agreement with William Fisher Architects, in the amount of $134,604, to adjust the scope of work for the Santa Cruz County Board Chambers revitalization project and the transfer of appropriations in the amount of $820,493 for equipment and construction project work related to the same.

Discussion
On November 19, 2024 the Board entered a contract agreement with William Fischer Architects for professional design and bidding support work related to the Santa Cruz County board chambers renovations in the amount of $201,387.63.
(link to that meeting item)

On June 24, 2025 the first amendment to this contract was executed to increase the scope of work to include additional work for the mechanical, electrical, structural, acoustic and architecture teams and adjusted the compensation by $35,127.20 plus contingency for a not to exceed amount of $236,514.83. (link)

A second amendment adding additional services to administer the construction phase of the project and additional redesign services is being requested, increasing the total compensation by $134,604 bringing the total not to exceed amount to $371,118.83 Funding transfers from the Public Education Government (PEG) funds to the project account in the amount of $820,493 are also included in this item in order to facilitate payment of technical and other equipment necessary for the project which has long lead times and needs to be ordered now to ensure delivery in time for implementation during various phases of the construction.”

What will all of this look like…and will any of the funds be used for the new South County Government Center, which cannot host public meetings with remote participation because there is no technology there to support it?
 
I wonder where the large redwood half-barrel that once greeted the public entering the Board of Supervisor Chambers went??? No one seems to know. 
 
Likewise with the portrait of Ms. Alice Earl Wilder that used to hang on the wall.  She was a well-known and respected member of the public who attended many Board of Supervisor meetings. 
 
Here is a list of where all the Board of Supervisor meetings will be held for the rest of the year….
 
 
BOARD OF SUPES APPROVES PUBLIC CENSORSHIP
Many thanks to Supervisor Justin Cummings for pulling the consent item #25 off for public discussion because it imposes further censorship to the public.  Item #35 became  Item #6.1, and lead to excellent discussion about the importance of public participation at Board meetings.
  

Supervisors Felipe Hernandez and Monica Martinez complained that there has been too much public comment time, and it was confusing to have to remember what people said at the beginning of the day’s meeting with reference to items later in the agenda when they could not take time off from work to stay the day to participate in.   
 
“Public Comment isn’t really a big part of what we do here,” said Supervisor Hernandez, citing “more important business matters the Board must discuss.”  Hmmm…remember that when he wants to get re-elected.
 
In the end, the item was approved to limit public comment to one hour (it can and has extended to two hours when the SEIU contracts were in trouble and when the MHCAN got County funding yanked and has had to shut down).  Any further comment has to wait until the very end of the meeting…whenever that happens.  
 
Also, people can no longer comment on items on the Regular Agenda until that item comes up on the agenda for the Supervisors’ review.  So, that means you have to wait all day for the Board to eventually arrive at the item you are interested in speaking about to actually speak about it. 
 
“People can always just write to us.”  Supervisor Martinez said.  But maybe some can’t, and prefer to speak.  Besides, does writing make a difference?  Do the Supervisors even read what people take the time to write to them?  Who knows where those comments submitted on the agenda portal go…they are no longer visible to the public, and maybe not anyone.
 
Well, stay tuned and stay involved…it is important to speak up whenever you are able.
 
THE EPA FINALLY SPEAKS TO THE PUBLIC ABOUT MOSS LANDING VISTRA BATTERY FIRE DISASTER AND CLEAN UP
Last Tuesday, representatives of the federal EPA and County of Monterey finally spoke publicly before the Monterey County Board of Supervisors and the public about what the plan is for cleaning up the Moss 300 Vistra Battery Fire disaster site in Moss Landing.  
 
The Monterey County Environmental Health Director was the first presenter of  the 1:30pm scheduled item that began nearly an hour late (Item #25a).
 
She reported that the County had posted results of the soil testing conducting near the disaster site, and that she was “happy to report that only three of the 108 samples showed levels of heavy metal contaminants in exceedance of public health standards.”   Hmmm… 

Where and how were the samples taken, the public wanted to know…but no answers.
 
She also reported that there were now air quality monitoring stations established “across the Highway from the clean up site.”  There will be no air monitoring data released to the public  because “it would be too much data”, so instead, the Air Quality Control Board will post general levels of information in graph format. You can see where the sampling stations are located here (page 5)
 
Why would the air sampling happen upwind of the clean up site?  No one answered, but the County continues to evaluate the soils next month, with comprehensive results of the 26 sites to be released in late December or early January.
 
The federal EPA is in charge of the clean up within the fenced disaster area, and the County, California EPA and Dept. of Toxic Substance Control (DTSC) 
 
EPA Staffmembers Ms. Lynn Keller and Mr. Mike Montgomery, Regional leader,  addressed the Supervisors and public.  
 
Here is what we learned.

  1. ) Vistra will conduct and pay for the clean up, expected to take 1 1/2 to 2 years.  Work is slow because the structure itself is unstable, so the EPA could not answer questions about the nature of contaminants in the ash.  Why aren’t robots or drones being used to sample the hazardous site?  NO answer.
     

  2. ) All the EPA staff in the region was at the fire in Los Angeles when the Moss Landing Battery Fire happened, delaying their response.
     

  3. ) Of the 100,000 lithium battery modules, 55% burned.  All remaining  batteries are now de-linked and stored power has been released back into the grid, but the risk of sparking still exists. 
     

  4. ) The cause of the fire is still unknown, but thermal runaway did occur.  “It is quite a clean site now.” said Ms. Keller.   Hmmm…
     

  5. ) Salvageable batteries will be cleaned, loaded on trucks and sent to American Battery Technology near McCaren, Nevada. 
    What routes will the trucks take???  “Unknown”
     

  6. ) Dust from the ash disturbance within the disaster site will be mitigated with a large machine that sprays a mist of water.  All work will be stopped if winds are 20mph or more.
     

  7. ) There is a private fire response company always on site, but Vistra has been working with North County Fire Dept, too, with a worst case scenario for preparedness planning.
     

  8. ) Storm water this winter will be collected in a pre-existing stormwater collection pond, sampled, “and disposed of”.

 
Supervisor Glenn Church wanted to know if other Vistra battery storage units nearby, such as the Moss 100 (which has the same flawed design) would be re-started?  Mr. David Yeager of Vistra  said the Moss 100 unit could re-start, and is a safer design because it is only a single level of battery modules, not the multi-level of Moss 300.  The Moss 350 unit is “under evaluation.”
 
What about the carcinogenic hydrogen flouride levels emitted on January 17, during the disaster?  Mr. Montgomery stated that the EPA did collect samples (when??) and that the data is posted  on the County’s “Summary data” website.
 
Supervisor Kate Daniels (who had served on the County Planning Commission when the Moss 300 Project was approved)  wanted to know what plan is in place to stop migration of  contaminants to areas outside the fenced disaster site?  Ms. Keller replied “there are many, many plans, maybe 15, but not all are releasable to the public.”  Hmmmm…
 
Take a look at this “EPA Community Involvement Plan”.  It is very vague.
 
Supervisor Daniels wanted to know the routes the trucks will take as contaminated debris is hauled away?  “We are not sure,”
 
Where will the de-energized unsalvageable batteries and debris be taken?  “We are not sure.”
 
There were many members of the public who spoke.  Many complained that the EPA has not been forthcoming with information about the character of the contamination…how can debris be hauled away on public roadways without this knowledge and chain of custody in place?  No answer.

One knowledgeable resident of Monterey had discovered plans for a nuclear breeder reactor that was potentially built on the site, with Plutonium contamination possible.  Supervisors asked that the EPA sample for and monitor radioactive contamination.  
 
The EPA folks had to leave, so the meeting ended with more questions than answers. 
 
PLAN TO ATTEND THIS
Causes and outcomes of the four recent Moss Landing Battery Plant explosions will be analyzed at a live event on October 8th at 430 pm at Wave Street Studios in Monterey, sponsored by the California Arts and Sciences Institute (CASI). The resulting toxic clouds endangered the health of thousands of residents, and has left toxic heavy metals in soils for miles around. CASI has assembled an expert panel of science, economics and health experts, as well as input from the agricultural community and residents whose health was affected. Register at Moss Landing Battery Plant Disaster – California Arts & Sciences Institute Discounted ticket prices are available if one registers prior to Sept 25th.

As you may know, the California Central Coast fell from grace on 1/16/25 when a half-billion dollar “clean energy investment” self-immolated in Moss Landing. This disaster happened because Vistra Corp’s Battery Electric Storage System (BESS) went into spontaneous “thermal runaway”, which is something that BESS plants do.

The world’s largest BESS basically went into melt-down in the world’s worst place: Eden’s Gate, aka Moss Landing. This massive battery fire burned white hot for days, incinerating ten million pounds of lithium and heavy metals, with the toxic plume spreading across the Salinas Valley, as far east as Gilroy and as far north as Santa Cruz.

Briefing Agenda
CASI scientists and engineers will be joined by locals from the BESS Evacuation Zone. These speakers will cover five essential topics about the Moss Landing BESS Disaster.

    1. Lived Experiences: Hear from those near Ground Zero about the health and other impacts of the disaster.

    2. Financial Disaster: Get a forensic accounting assessment of the massive public funding that went to Vistra Corporation, owner of the blown BESS.

    3. Biological Disaster: Get a scientific overview of the disaster’s toxic aftermath for the people, animals and soils of the Salinas Valley and beyond.

    4. Land Use Disaster: See a visualization of California’s land use for power generation and storage in California’s energy grid, including for Battery Storage.

    5. Political Disaster: See a survey of responses from elected officials, both prior to the fire and after. Hear about the many BESS plants currently planned for California and the movement to stop them.
    Speakers will include Dr. Michael Hogan and David Hurwitz. Hogan is an eminent scientist across a range of disciplines, including physics and biology. He is also CASI Founder and Chairman. Hurwitz is a local engineering and economics researcher. They will be joined by survivors of the disaster from in and around the Salinas Valley.

Your Takeaways
You will come away with an essential understanding of the greatest California disaster that nobody talks about. Importantly, you will also learn about the many BESS plants planned for elsewhere in California RIGHT NOW, and the movement to stop them. Plans exist for more exploding battery plants in Monterey, San Luis Obispo and Santa Cruz Counties.
Best of all, you’ll have the opportunity to connect with fellow citizens from the Central Coast, maybe even discover how to help in some small way. Learning the truth about battery plants could become the best thing you’ll do all year.

 

THE PAY PHONE IN NISENE MARKS STATE PARK IS GONE
State Parks officials were quick to remove the only emergency communication option for visitors to Nisene Marks State Park, and are loathe to replace it with an alternative to support public safety.
 
The phone is now GONE.

(photo credit: Al)

My friend Al lives adjacent to the Park and has experienced Park visitors knocking on his door to report an emergency when the pay phone does not work.  This happened last month when a tree fell across the only exit route, blocking the visitors and their vehicle from exiting the Park.  They ended up having to walk out. 
 
Another instance was when the 2020 CZU Fire was raging, a jogger knocked on Al’s door at 6am to report flames 30′ high in the forest nearby.  Central Fire District and Santa Cruz County Fire Dept. responded quickly,and spent the day suppressing the flames and saving the forests and  Community.
 
When I recently asked (AGAIN) for State Park officials  to please report the phone for repair, they instead decided that having a pay phone available gives visitors a false sense of security, and it should be removed.   I wanted to know what would replace the phone for emergency communication?  The answer? “An advisory sign that warns people there is no phone service.”  Hmmmm…
 
What about installing a satellite phone station for emergencies? “NO, that would be expensive and set a precedent we would have to follow in other remote parks.”  Hmmm…
 
So, what does that mean for people who have a heart attack while hiking or spot a wildfire starting that could burn out neighboring communities and destroy vast acres of forest?   
 
Please write State Parks Superintendent Mr. Chris Spohrer, chris.spohrer@parks.ca.gov, and elected officials with your thoughts.  Surely there is public safety enhancement funding from Measure Q or Prop. 4?
 
 
LISTEN AND BE HEARD

This Friday, 2pm-4pm, on “Community Matters”, my Guests in the first hour will be from Arukah Project, a local non-profit that helps people who have been able to escape human trafficking to heal and process the trauma.  Their fundraiser is coming up on October 4: arukahproject.org

We will likely discuss the recent Board of Supervisor response to the 2025 Grand Jury Investigative Report on Human Trafficking in Santa Cruz County, waved through on Consent Agenda Item #18 at the September 9 Board meeting.
 
The second hour Guests will be from the Santa Cruz County Long Term Recovery Group, a local non-profit helping people rebuild their homes lost in the 2020 CZU Fire and 2023 Floods.sccltrg.org
 
Listen in from anywhere in the world on your computer or smart device at Santa Cruz Voice.com

The program will be recorded and posted on the “Community Matters” webpage soon after the program.
 
WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC EVENT TO HELP SUPPORT SOMETHING POSITIVE IN OUR COMMUNITY.
 
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING.

Cheers, and Happy Autumnal Equinox,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Fire Era

It seems like the world has changed. As I write this on Tuesday 9/16/25, Tropical Storm Mario is headed towards California. Back in 2020, the CZU Lightning Complex Fire was the result of another such situation, via Tropical Storm Fausto. And, as with 2020, there is a lineup of such storms…another is predicted soon after this upcoming one. We look forward to the regular Fall rains to start, typically on October 15. Meanwhile, we wait to see where the lightning will strike and if someone can extinguish the flames before the resulting inferno.

I moved to Santa Cruz in 1986…did I somehow miss old timer stories or some other form of history that tropical storms, lightning, thunder, etc., are ‘normal’ for this part of the world??!!

Does this seem normal to you?

Changing How We Live

All us country folk are changing the way we live, out here on the outskirts of towns.

Many modern Californians lived for decades in the “woods.” They had sprawling outbuildings full of canning supplies and landscaping tools, tractors, chicken coops, pet pens, toys scattered about. Their homes were “original” architecture, funky and artful. Their gardens neat or a tangle, blended into the surrounding with the forest engulfing less tended portions. Funky. That was much of country California.

In this changing world, we can no longer afford to be that way: our ‘stuff’ is burning up and making a mess. Now, we must consolidate our things into fire resistant structures and manage the surrounding vegetation.

The Vegetation Around Us

This land is productive, which means that plants make a lot of biomass each year. In most natural areas near Santa Cruz, plants produce 4,000 – 8,000 dry pounds of biomass per acre per year: that’s 6,800 – 13,600 pounds of living biomass: literally ‘tons.’ For a house that’s 1200 square feet, clearing within the 100′ required space is managing about an acre and a half of vegetation. That means chipping, burning, mulching, composting, or hauling biomass “away” – otherwise, living or shed plant parts accumulate, add up, and pose a worse fire hazard in subsequent years.

Same goes for the thousands and thousands of acres of open space/parkland around the Monterey Bay. That open space is producing lots of fuel for future wildfire.

Attitudes

Many people can’t handle this new reality of living with fire, especially in the country. Sure, if you are wealthy and live rurally, you can pay for someone to manage your property for wildfire…but still it is expensive! If you are poor, you can work to do it yourself…but it takes time, strength, and know-how! I’ve asked the folks I know who take care of their rural spaces how much time it takes to manage their (small!) home’s vegetation wildfire danger. The uncannily similar answer for my informal poll is….6 hours a week.

But most people are just plain in denial about the danger, even though everyone knows someone who’s been through one of the giant fires of the past few years. Some of those in denial actually went through the last fires and somehow think that it can’t happen again.

Perhaps we’ve become inured to the fire news and so can’t grip reality. Did you know that Chinese Camp, a small town in the Sierra was nearly completely destroyed by wildfire in early September? That was the result of another ‘monsoon’ full of lightning from the South! Too much!

City Folks

It might be easier to ignore the wildfire danger if you live in the City. But people must change the way they live in the cities, apparently: in case you don’t recall there was this thing in Santa Rosa called the Tubbs Fire that burned thousands of homes, many of which were ‘in town.’

It looks to me like a wind-driven wildfire could burn a long way into Santa Cruz with houses stacked against one another adjacent to the forested and shrubby steep canyons of Moore Creek or adjacent to the thickly vegetated and at times crispy dry San Lorenzo Valley. The towns sprinkled around Fort Ord share the same danger/fate as does Monterey and Carmel.

Wind Driven?

Do we forget about the 70 mph gusts that fanned the CZU 2020 fires? Were we watching the Santa Rosa Tubbs Fire blast on high winds? The winds are increasing…

The Cause and Effect

The changing world I have outlined here is in large part due to the burning of fossil fuels, trapping sunlight…aka ‘the greenhouse effect.’ More ‘greenhouse gasses’ cause more atmospheric energy: part of the reason we are seeing the new tropical storms headed our way. The winds, with or without the storms, are demonstrably getting more intense. Predicted outcomes of climate change include extreme heat and drought events…extremes of all sorts – big swings.

The sad changes we are struggling to manage with just plain living are probably quite minor compared to what is to come based on climate change predictions. One day, folks will look back at the one-day-a-week that it takes us now to manage our yards and say “humf! That’s nothing.” What will their struggles be like? Will they be trying to survive weeks-long dust storms…building storm proof greenhouses for food?

When will we reverse this terrible trajectory?

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, September 15, 2025

Public reactions to the murder of political activist Charlie Kirk came quickly. Before the identity of the person who allegedly shot and killed Kirk was even known, a right-wing journalist named Matt Forney proposed “a complete crackdown on the left. Every Democratic politician must be arrested and the party banned.”

In the same New York Times article just quoted, which was published on Friday, September 12th, Alex Jones, whom Wikipedia identifies as “an American far-right radio show host and prominent conspiracy theorist,” made this comment: “Make no mistake – we are at war.” Calls for “Civil War” were an immediate response to Kirk’s murder. Tesla CEO Elon Musk, for instance, said that “the Left is the party of murder” and added, “if they won’t leave us in peace, then our choice is fight or die.”

The Saturday, September 13, 2025, edition of The New York Times brought us comments from the Governor of Utah, Spencer Cox, who is pictured above. The Wall Street Journal also covered Cox’s comments, and let me quote the story providing the Governor’s reaction, as reported by The Journal (emphasis added):
 

A 22-year-old man is now in custody in Utah, as the country weathers the aftershocks of the public murder of Charlie Kirk, the young political leader and father. A solace is that the justice system is moving swiftly, and at least some politicians in America have decided to meet the raw moment with wise counsel. Utah GOP Gov. Spencer Cox said in a press conference Friday announcing the arrest of suspect Tyler Robinson that a casing found by law enforcement was engraved with the phrase: “Hey fascist! Catch!” …

Yet perhaps the most important part of the press conference was Mr. Cox’s reflection on the country’s condition after “an attack on the American experiment.” To “my young friends out there, you are inheriting a country where politics feels like rage,” he said. “It feels like rage is the only option.” But “your generation has an opportunity to build a culture that is very different from what we are suffering through right now, not by pretending differences don’t matter, but by embracing our differences and having those hard conversations.

Then: “I think we need more moral clarity right now. I hear all the time that words are violence. Words are not violence. Violence is violence. And there is one person responsible for what happened here. And that person is now in custody and will be charged soon, and will be held accountable.”

This is important wisdom for young Americans whose political formation will now include this assassination, and Mr. Cox performed far better than most of his colleagues in positions of political leadership. “These people are full of s—” is the level of statesmanship America now expects from Rep. Ilhan Omar of Minnesota, but the failures are bipartisan. “Democrats owned what happened today,” said South Carolina GOP Rep. Nancy Mace.

The left hasn’t reckoned with what it unleashed when it declared that words are equivalent to violence, which some unstable people hear as an open call to return fire. Yet what the country needs at this moment is leaders who understand that they represent everyone once they are elected, not merely a political faction. This is what the country could also use from President Trump, rather than vows to punish his opponents.

Mr. Cox told Americans to “log off, turn off, touch grass, hug a family member, go out and do good in your community,” while calling social media “a cancer.” Don’t underestimate the political salience of this message to voters who all know someone whose mental stability has deteriorated after hours spent marinating in online rage.

“History will dictate if this is a turning point for our country,” Mr. Cox said, “but every single one of us gets to choose right now if this is a turning point for us.” It has been a bleak week for the greatest free society in history. But Mr. Cox is right to tell Americans that their personal conduct can be a starting point toward something different (emphasis added).

Let me associate myself with the advice and counsel presented to the nation by Governor Cox.

Thank you, Governor, for a statement that calls us all to respond to the outrage and tragedy of the murder of Charlie Kirk by becoming our best selves, and that urges us not to perpetuate the mistaken idea that politics requires, demands, or is defined by “rage.”

True politics is exactly the opposite!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

PROVE ME WRONG, HYPOCRISY, REALITY, TRN

Social media commenters, politicians, broadcast and printed media pundits of all stripes have had a field day following the shooting of Turning Point USA founder Charlie Kirk on a Utah college campus. Many have echoed similar lines, such as Garry Kasparov’s on Substack: “I unequivocally condemn his killing. We understand that lawless violence at our universities, or anywhere else, shuts down vital forums for free speech and endangers all of us. Speech does not just justify violence. Period. I more than disagreed with Kirk’s actions and statements. I rejected much of his worldview. What happened today does not change my perspective. But my ideological opposition does not in any way qualify my condemnation of this horrendous attack. Violence harms not only the target, but society at large.” Kasparov discloses that he lost his own father when he was a teenager, and so mourns with Kirk’s two young children who will grow up without their father. He emphasizes that in our democracy, our rights and our institutions, not bullets, are what protect us from demagogues, yet the process is slow with no straight line to victory. Political violence threatens that order, and is a death spiral that some countries never escape from, with the strain on our democracy being a sign that we are giving up — the fight for civil order is over. At that point, politics becomes a question of survival of the fittest — a dangerous territory for us to inhabit.

Kirk founded Turning Point USA when he was 18 years of age, and had become one of the most influential young conservatives on the political scene, especially with many college-age students, challenging students who disagreed with him to debate at his ‘Prove Me Wrong‘ events. His influence with Trump and the White House was significant, with the president proclaiming, “No one understood or had the Heart of the Youth in the United States of America better than Charlie. He was loved and admired by ALL, especially me.” Many were quick to revive a Kirk comment from 2023 at a Turning Point USA event, when he said, “We must also be real. We must be honest with the population. Having an armed citizenry comes with a price, and that is part of liberty. Driving comes with a price. Fifty thousand people die on the road every year. That’s a price. You get rid of driving, you’d have 50,000 less auto fatalities. But we have decided that the benefit of driving — speed, accessibility, mobility — is worth the cost of 50,000 people dying on the road. We need to be very clear that you’re not going to get gun deaths to zero. It will not happen, but I think it’s worth it. I think it’s worth it to have a cost of, unfortunately, some gun deaths every single year, so that we can have the Second Amendment.” Further, he suggested that efforts to stop shootings should include more armed guards at locations holding noteworthy events.

Elliot Kirschner posted on Substack, “There can be no place for political violence in a democracy. And there can never be a ‘but’ or ‘yet’ or ‘however’ that follows that sentiment. So let’s try a different conjunction. Let’s try ‘and.'” He continues, “AND, that is why the violent, cop-bashing insurrectionists on January 6th should have been prosecuted to the full extent of the law, and certainly never pardoned. AND, why the would-be king who stoked the riot to remain in power should never have been given immunity by the cowardly Supreme Court. AND, this is why the violent attack on Nancy Pelosi’s husband by a crazed man looking to harm the former Speaker of the House should never have been turned into a vicious punchline, as President Trump did. AND, why the lies spread by Rudy Giuliani, and echoed by Fox News, about the Georgia election workers Ruby Freeman and Shaye Moss — who received death threats as a result — were so dangerous. AND, why it’s so provocative to inject heavily armed military troops into a city that doesn’t want them, in order to provoke confrontation. Kirk’s murder is a tragedy, and I am especially saddened for his young children. It is the facts of what occurred — the death itself and the presumed political motive — that should be the focus of the press and commentators. And the tragedy does not erase the long list of vile and harmful things Kirk said and did over his lifetime. And the final deed does not dismiss the threats of violence he injected into our politics and society. The condemnation of a political assassination, with all its implications, should not be used to turn someone who preached hate into a martyr. And it is instructive, as so many have noted, how selective the outpouring of official grief and press coverage can be depending on the politics of the victim.” Kirschner goes on to point out that the New York Yankees began a game with a moment of silence for Kirk, yet, they didn’t offer the same honor for Minnesota House Speaker Melissa Hortman, an elected official, and her husband, Mark, after they were assassinated the day before a Yankees/Red Sox game! “The GOP is is terrified to say the name of Melissa Hortman, because it shatters the narrative they’re trying to sell — that the left is violent and the right is peaceful. That narrative is a lie, and we need to call it out,” writes Mike Nellis on Substack.

Kirschner tells of his young daughters, who are becoming more aware of politics as they seek their own voice in such matters, questioning why other countries don’t have the same proliferation of weaponry as does this country, and how concerning the Kirk assassination is, happening on a school campus. His daughters have shared how they fear that masked, plainclothes federal agents will swoop into their own schools and remove friends and acquaintances, in an act of uncaring violence. Kirschner’s post pinpoints the appearance of the word ‘hypocrisy‘ in many commentaries, how Republicans who decry the Kirk attack, themselves calling for retribution, yet remain silent regarding threats to targeted political rivals — ignoring that most Democratic leaders denounced the Kirk murder. He references Trump’s own threat of violence toward an American city, with the ‘Chipocalypse‘ meme post as a call to civil war. “Certainly hypocrisy is part of what we are seeing. This regime, and the leader the MAGA masses follow with cult-like devotion, has built a political brand around political violence — in many forms. And here is what I think we all need to stop and consider how broadly we define political violence, especially in the press: Women die because they lack access to reproductive medical care — that is political violence. Immigrants being sent to inhumane prisons without due process is political violence. Congress giving billions to ICE, turning it into a personal domestic army acting with impunity is political violence. A polluted environment with toxins and natural disasters from climate change becoming increasingly deadly because of craven politicians is political violence. It is essential that our leaders and the press denounce political violence in all its forms, and in doing so continue to tell the full and truthful story of what is at stake. No one should be threatened with violence and certainly not killed for their beliefs in a democracy. And neither should those who stoke violence be excused from political responsibility, at the polls and be the press, for their words and actions. Because that is not democracy either.”

Political consultant, Jeff Timmer posted on Lincoln Square, “I have long argued that Donald Trump and today’s Republican Party are the greatest threat this nation has ever faced. Greater than Nazi Germany; greater than the Soviet Union; greater than al-Quida. That claim may strike some as overstatement, but it is not. None of those external enemies ever succeeded in capturing one of our major political parties. None had millions of Americans willing to surrender the rule of law, civic peace, and even basic facts to a single man. Trump has done what no foreign foe ever could: He has turned a major American party into an instrument of authoritarian power. From the beginning, Trump has governed not as a president, but as a strongman. The institutions of government — the courts, the military, federal law enforcement — he sees not as independent guardians of the Constitution but as weapons to be bent to his will. The Republican Party has not resisted this transformation; it has welcomed it. What once was a party of limited government and traditional conservatism has become a vessel for fascism, white Christian nationalism, and the normalization of political violence. I said these things before Charlie Kirk was murdered. They were true then. They remain true now. Kirk’s death has not changed reality — and Trump’s grotesque exploitation of the tragedy only underscores it.” Timmer calls the Oval Office response to the assassination ‘pure authoritarian theater,’ and with no factual evidence, blaming the political opposition, he uses the favored tool of scapegoating. By placing blame, Trump seeks to mobilize his MAGA troops, discredit his critics and justify further repression, a familiar tactic of StalinMaoHitlerFrancoMussolini, and Pinochet. The very scenario many warned us about is now fact — Trump’s return to power in a second term displays precisely what authoritarian rules looks like in America.

Political columnist Ezra Klein of The New York Times wrote last week: “The foundation of a free society is the ability to participate in politics without fear of violence. To lose that is to risk losing everything. Charlie Kirk — and his family — just lost everything. As a country, we came a step closer to losing everything, too.” Klein enumerates many incidents in recent years to show how we are edging closer to complete loss: The plot to kidnap Governor Gretchen Whitmer; the storming of the Capitol on January 6, 2021 and the pipe bombs found during that period at committee headquarters of our two dominant political parties; the Pelosi home break-in when Paul Pelosi was injured; two attempted assassinations of presidential candidate TrumpMolotov cocktails thrown into Governor Josh Shapiro’s home; the murder of Minnesota’s Melissa Hortmann; and now, Charlie Kirk. Klein calls Kirk “one of the era’s most effective practitioners of persuasion, and though we may dislike what he believed, he was practicing politics in the right way.” He proved his hold on young voters with their sharp move to the right in the 2024 election. Klein did not know Kirk, admitting he is not the right person to eulogize him, but envied what he built — liberalism could use more of his moxie and fearlessness, he says. In his Times column, he mentions seeing mostly decent and human reactions to Kirk’s fate, but also two forms of reaction that are misguided: One is from the left, attempting to wrap Kirk’s death around his views on the Second Amendment; the second from the right’s attempt to turn the murder into a justification for an all-out war, “a Reichstag fire for our time.” Klein calls political violence a contagious virus, which became endemic in the country in the 1960s and into the 1970s; and while American politics has sides, we are meant to be on the same side of a larger project — to maintain the viability of the American experiment. “I wanted Kirk to be safe for his sake, but I also wanted him to be safe for mine and for the sake of our larger shared project. We are all safe, or none of us are,” he concludes.

Writer Elie Mystal in The Nation tore into some of the words surrounding the “canonization” of Charlie Kirk, cautioning that the “martyred mascot of racism” has distracted people from facing heightened racism and the country’s raging gun problem. Mystal wrote, “Before the shooting, the biggest story in America was the Supreme Court’s authorization of racial profiling against Latinos. After the white media is done celebrating their martyred mascot, I hope we can resume our conversation about how the rest of us are forced to live in this white supremacist state.” While Mystal offered condolences for Kirk and his family, he recounts how historically Black colleges and universities in Virginia cancelled classes after receiving threats in the fallout. “To recap, a white man was murdered by another white man for reasons we don’t know yet, but somehow that means Black people have to catch hell,” said Mystal. Calling out the Yankees baseball management for the moment of silence for Kirk, he also jumped on Ezra Klein’s “unconscionably” entitled ‘Charlie Kirk Was Practicing Politics The Right Way‘ in The New York Times, calling it the “worst argument of the week.” “Klein’s article goes on to condemn political violence,” Mystal wrote. “I agree with that, of course. But condemning political violence as an op-ed columnist is a little bit like condemning the French Revolution when you’re a member of the aristocracy. It is in our best interests to condemn the violent murder of public figures, because we all know we might be next. That doesn’t make us empathetic or graceful or more enlightened than the least common denominator on social media, it makes us self-interested.”

He feels that Klein missed the point, because Kirk attacked and denigrated Black people and threatened the existence of LGBTQ people. To him it is impossible to condemn political violence and mourn the victims of that violence without also lauding the political influence of the those victims — a basic test for Mystal. “Charlie Kirk represented the very worst American political discourse had to offer, and I wish he were still alive so I could tell that to him, to his face, over and over again. I wish he lived long enough to see everything that he worked to achieve crumble all around him. You see what I did there, Ezra? It’s really not hard,” he throws at Klein. Mystal claims he’s a New York Mets fan, and wants “people who practice politics to be better than Charlie Kirk. And Ezra Klein. All I can do is try to weather the storm. Violent whites have their blood up, and that usually means incredibly bad things for people like me. I’ve got public appearances that I probably need to cancel. I hope to survive this by staying as far away from white folks as I possibly can until this fever breaks.” The ammunition used by Kirk’s assassin had been etched with his anti-fascist messages, and because the ends of the bullets were stamped with initials ‘TRN,’ designating Turkish bullet maker TuranMAGA in their trans-people fixation chose to interpret these letters as a trans community creation.

The Snopes website posted various quotes from Charlie Kirk, one from July 13, 2023 when he said some prominent Black women did not have “the brain processing power to otherwise be taken really seriously.” He was talking specifically about MSNBC television host Joy Reid; former first lady Michelle ObamaUS Representative Sheila Jackson Lee; and Supreme Court Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson. “If we would have said three weeks ago that Joy Reid and Michelle Obama and Sheila Jackson Lee and Ketanji Brown Jackson were affirmative-action picks, we would have been called racist. But now they’re coming out and saying it for us! They’re coming out and they’re saying, ‘I’m only here because of affirmative action,'” Kirk charged. A post on X from a year ago included a video clip of Kirk saying, “You have to go steal a white person’s slot,” that same clip being reposted to Instagram several times. Also confirmed are quotes when he said empathy is a “made-up, new age term,” and that “Jewish money has ruined US culture.”

The Common Dreams website has posted comments by Reverend Graylan Scott Hagler, advisor with FOR-USA and the founder and president of Faith Strategies USA, with his thoughts on the killing of Charlie Kirk. He says there are so many words and cliches condemning the murder and “none of the refrains are unique.” “We need to dial back our discourse. We need to be tolerant of different opinions. There is no room in American politics for political violence. Are people blind to the realties that have been swirling around us? The language has been violent. The discord has been great. There has been consistent room to dine at the table of heated racist discussion posing as legitimate political speech. The killing of Charlie Kirk fits within this arena of speech that is racist and hate-filled but is designed to pose as rational an logical political speech. In his rhetoric and so-called debate style this 31-year old evangelical firebrand of the right has stated that Black pilots were incompetent, gays should be stoned, ironically he was opposed to gun control, abortion, LGBTQ rights, criticized the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and Martin Luther King, Jr., promoted Christian nationalism, advanced Covid-19 misinformation, made false claims of electoral fraud in 2020, and is a proponent of the Great Replacement conspiracy theory. This Chicago-born suburbanite brought all of the racial innuendo to speech and rhetorically violated the safety and security of Blacks, people of color, the LGBTQIA community, perverted the history of race and racism in America, attempted to legitimize the nation as a white bastion of civilization and Christianity, and in general perfected the use of racial and hateful language and molded it into a form of acceptable and legitimate political debate and viewpoint.”

Reverend Hagler goes on to say, “But the legitimate debate aspect was far from legitimate historical benign speech, nor was it nonviolent in character. In fact, it touched all of the refrains of the vile language of the past that resulted far too many times in lynchings and other forms of racial violence and upheaval. Don’t get me wrong, I am sorry for the death, the killing of Charlie Kirk. I have stood over many coffins of many people I did not agree with, and words of comfort to the families during my 40-plus years of ministry. In doing so I have looked at a person’s life to find something to say about their character, worthiness, and contributions they have made in their lifetime. Sometimes the task is easier than at other times.” In examining Kirk’s life, Hagler notes that he was a husband, a father, but what else, he doesn’t know. He is sure he had friends, and he played a significant role in his connection with community that was personal and also collective, but the problem in affirming his life at an end-of-life ceremony is that he evidently did not care in his living about the security and comfort of others, showing no empathy. Questioning whether or not he believed what he espoused, or whether it was simply a marketing ploy for influence and money, the reverend doesn’t know, and no one will ever know for sure, but he expanded hatred, marketed the vile speech of old racisms in new wineskins, and further jeopardized the lives and security of others. Hagler ends his essay with, “Trump talked about lowering the temperature of the political language that is used, but in the next breath criticized ‘the radical left’ for castigating the hate language of Kirk. If we are going to be truthful in this moment, the hate that Kirk put out came back on him, and the violent political language that continues to fly in this country will continue to manifest itself in ways where we will continually be praying for victims and their families.”

As Elizabeth Spiers writes in The Nation: “There is no requirement to take part in this whitewashing campaign, and refusing to join in doesn’t make anyone a bad person. It’s a choice to write an obituary that begins ‘Joseph Goebbels was a gifted marketer and loving father to six children.’ His entire business was simply performances, and he could not have an entertaining public fight without opposition. Turning Point did not work to bring people together; it worked to bring about a country where anyone who wasn’t a white Christian nationalist wasn’t welcome. I won’t celebrate his death, but I’m not obligated to celebrate his life, either.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages.

Art

“Art is a line around your thoughts.”
~Gustav Klimt

“Inspiration is for amateurs. The rest of us just show up and get the work done. If you wait around for the clouds to part and a bolt of lightning to strike you in the brain, you’re not going to make an awful lot of work.”
~Chuck Close

“A work of art which did not begin in emotion is not art.”
~Paul Cezanne

“Art is never finished, only abandoned.”
~Leonardo da Vinci

“To my mind a picture should be something pleasant, cheerful and pretty. There are too many unpleasant things in life as it is, without creating still more of them.”
~Pierre-Auguste Renoir

“A true artist is not one who is inspired, but one who inspires others.”
~Salvador Dali

“I started painting as a hobby when I was little. I didn’t know I had any talent. I believe talent is just a pursued interest. Anybody can do what I do.”
~Bob Ross

“Inspiration exists, but it has to find you working.”
~Pablo Picasso

...

Your Body Follows What Your Mind Believes: Mindfulness As Medicine. Dr Ellen Langer is fascinating to watch and listen to. Check her out!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

September 3 – 16, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on La Bahia luxury hotel… Steinbruner… back next week… Hayes… North Coast Truth and Reconciliation… Patton… All The Rage… Matlock… thoughts… prayers… apathy… rinse… repeat… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Hannah Fry…Quotes on… “AI”

...

FRONT AND CATHCART STREETS June 24, 1952. Remember when we had car dealerships downtown? Years after this photo was taken, there was a diner called Pontiac Grill right there. This makes so much sense when you know there used to be a Pontiac dealership right there! Now we have Mori Sushi where Thrash Motors was, and Betty Noodles in this location, which before that harbored Surfrider Café, L8 Buffet, The Greek, and probably a few more…

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: September 3, 2025

2 WEEK ISSUE THIS WEEK. We will be back on our normal (whatever that word means…) operating schedule the week of September 17th. This week, I am posting to you all from Disneyland. My inner people-watcher is having a field day down here, that’s for sure! My outer grandma is having a blast seeing my grandkids enjoy themselves. I also marvel at the sheer genius that is Disney in so many ways. It will take me a while to absorb it all, but I may come back to that topic here some day.

Until next time!

~Webmistress

...

WEDNESDAY (Season 2). Netflix. Series (8 IMDb) ****

Wednesday, Season 2

Learning from Season 1, they eschew romance for Wednesday and instead keep her caught between her rocky relationship with her mother (Morticia, played by Catherine Zeta-Jones) and her attempts to thwart a tragic prophecy (how very unlike Wednesday).

This season brings a slew of new guest stars, including Lady Gaga, Christopher Lloyd (he was Fester in the ’90s Addams Family movies), Steve Buscemi, and Billie Piper (pop singer and Rose from Doctor Who), along with brief surprise returns from Christina Ricci (she played Wednesday in the ’90s films) and Gwendoline Christie. Breakout new character Agnes DeMille (played by Evie Templeton – a young actress to watch for) steals many of the scenes she’s in.

Sadly, the show still features the “Outcasts” as a marginalized group, as it did in Season 1. I’ve always felt the Addams Family worked best when their innocent bewilderment at their effect on “normies” drove the humor. Still, the season offers plenty of laughs and a terrific cast to carry you through. Worth a watch.

Snap! Snap!

~Sarge

THE THURSDAY MURDER CLUB. Netflix. Movie (6.7 IMDb) ***
After a parade of smarmy Hallmark whodunits comes an honest-to-goodness real cozy mystery … starring Helen Mirren, Pierce Brosnan, Ben Kingsley, Celia Imrie, and David Tennant … directed by Chris Columbus (yes, that Chris Columbus: Harry Potter, Home Alone, The Goonies)! It’s a delight, and I already want a whole series.

The Thursday Murder Club follows a band of sharp-witted retirees in a retirement community who amuse themselves by cracking cold cases…until they stumble into a brand-new mystery – one that could turn them into the next victims. Fully worth a watch.
~Sarge

HONEY DON’T. In Theatres. Movie (5.7 IMDb) ***-
The Hate Child of Wes Anderson and Quentin Tarantino: Ethan Coen’s Honey Don’t

As a long-standing Coen Brothers fan, I approached Ethan Coen’s solo outing with some trepidation. On the surface, it’s a twist on the hard-boiled dick story—only without the dick. Margaret Qualley steps into the role with dry, sensual humor, wandering through the bleak romanticism of lovely Bakersfield. Aubrey Plaza shows up as, shocker, a “quirky” cop/love interest, but brings surprising spark and passion. And Chris Evans, finally tucking Captain America to bed, slimes it up as a skeezy small-town preacher.

The film stretches itself trying to cover too much emotional ground and juggles a few more story threads than it can quite manage. Still, even if it’s not top-shelf Coen, I’d argue any Coen is better than no Coen. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

A GOOD GIRL’S GUIDE TO MURDER. Netflix. Series. (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Another I missed when it first came out last year, but now that the Great Move is over (we just shifted home from Rio Del Mar, to Ben Lomond – complete with our own redwood grove, and our courageous ducks) I’ve had time to get back into this all.

“A Good Girl’s Guide to Murder” follows high school senior Pippa “Pip” Fitz-Amobi (played by Wednesday’s perky werewolf roommate, Emma Mayers, back on her home turf in Britain) as she reopens the five-year-old murder case of older classmate Andie Bell. Though officially closed with boyfriend Sal Singh’s confession and suicide, Pip suspects his innocence and, with Sal’s younger brother, makes it her final academic project. What she uncovers is a web of secrets and dangerous truth, putting herself and those she loves in the crosshairs.

Cozyish, with some modern nastiness (no sex, just real crime stuff), and elevated by strong performances – nods all around for Anna Maxwell Martin as Pip’s mother, torn between wrangling her brilliant, headstrong daughter and recognizing at the same time her fragility as still just a kid. Their dynamic is a standout.

Spoiler and trigger warning: yes, the dog dies. Sorry, but that’s a trigger that needs to be respected. Deal with it.

Based on Holly Jackson’s YA mystery series, the show has already been renewed for a second season, adapting the next book

~Sarge

FANTASTIC FOUR: FIRST STEPS. In theaters. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****
The First Family of comics finally feels like a real family. Since their 1961 debut, the Fantastic Four have always centered on family dynamics, and this adaptation leans fully into that core. Reed Richards (Pedro Pascal), Susan Storm (Vanessa Kirby), her brother Johnny (Joseph Quinn), and Reed’s lifelong friend Ben Grimm (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) share a life-changing space accident that leaves them with strange powers. Thankfully, the film skips the typical origin sturm und drang and instead drops us years after their transformation. The characterizations stay true to their comic counterparts, and the retro-futurist design (evoking the TVA from Loki) is pure visual delight.

Much like Superman earlier this year, this film is more concerned with who these people are than with non-stop action. The Fantastic Four are inherently decent, and the film allows their personalities and relationships to breathe. There’s even a non-human, non-speaking comic sidekick (H.E.R.B.I.E., filling the Krypto slot from Superman), and it works. Some may feel the superhero action is a bit light (Reed’s stretchy powers, for instance, are used sparingly, perhaps to avoid full Jim Carrey territory) but it strikes a fair balance. There’s a ton of CG, particularly in the beautifully realized retro Manhattan, but it blends so well you barely notice.

No bad performances, standout production design, and a few genuinely epic set pieces make this one a win. And for those complaining about woke gender flips: there have been many heralds over the years, male and female, including Shalla Bal. It’s faithful where it counts, fresh where it needs to be, and, most importantly, it finally gives us a Fantastic Four that lives up to their name.

THIS IS SPINAL TAP. Vudu, Google Play, Amazon. Movie (7.9 IMDb) ****
When I was chronologically less-endowed (the ’80s) and UA owned almost all the screens in town (Del Mar, Rio, River Street Twin, Aptos Twin, and the 41st Ave Playhouse), I worked at the Del Mar and the Rio. I’d catch free movies all over town every week. Obviously, you only have so much mental storage, so with a lot of films, I just filed away whether I liked them or not.

So imagine my surprise when I went to see a Fathom Event 4K restoration of “This Is Spinal Tap” (in anticipation of the upcoming “Spinal Tap 2: The End Continues”) and realized I remembered everything, despite the 41 years between my first viewing and now.

For the uninitiated, this 1984 self-described “mockumentary” by Rob Reiner follows the later years of fictional band Spinal Tap. Told in loose documentary style, it also dives into their earlier phases as a Beatles-style quartet and later a psychedelic rock act. The core trio – Michael McKean, Christopher Guest, and Harry Shearer (who later reunited for “A Mighty Wind”) – are backed by a rotating cast of ill-fated drummers. Most of the dialogue is improvised, and the music manages to be both hilarious and genuinely good.

If you’ve never seen it, track down a copy or be ready to rent or buy it on Amazon. It’s worth going out of your way for a watch.

Sorry if I seem a little hyperbolic. You see, it goes to 11.
~Sarge

...

September 1, 2025

Erasing History

The newly built 155-room luxury hotel, the La Bahia and Spa, had its pre-opening, ribbon-cutting event last week. Invited guests included city council members and mayor, the Ensemble corporate marketing manager, the Seaside Co. president, and Seaside Co. supporters such as the former director of Save Our Shores, Dan Haifley.

By all accounts from the media coverage, the invited guests were thrilled with what they saw. Enthusiasm gushed with anticipation of the monies flowing into the local business economy and city coffers from the well-heeled guests who can afford luxury room prices. Mayor Keeley was quoted in Lookout as saying, “We are grateful to the community for believing in this project for a very, very long time.” Except that is not how this project unfolded. Its history is being erased.

In the late 1990s, as a component of the Beach/South of Laurel Plan (B/SOL), the city, with support from the mayor and city council at the time, invested considerable time and money securing expert advice on how to preserve and rehabilitate the La Bahia Apartments. The beach area already had significant historical landmarks with the Boardwalk, a state landmark, with two of its rides listed in the National Register, the heritage tourist train to Roaring Camp, the then almost century old Municipal Wharf and historic Beach Hill. The La Bahia building was eligible for the National Register of Historic Places, the nation’s top honor. Built in 1926, it was designed by William C Hayes, co-founder of the Berkeley School of Architecture. The Architectural Resources Group (ARG) of San Francisco gave detailed guidelines to the city for converting the landmark building into a hotel, preserving its main historical features. The aim was to attract the lucrative Heritage tourism market while preserving one of the last remaining historic buildings on the waterfront.

What happened next was a betrayal. Local historian Ross Gibson wrote a lengthy piece that captures just how this betrayal panned out in the December 15-28, 2014, edition of BrattonOnline. You can read it here. Some of it is familiar. Provide no maintenance and let a historic building decline. The Pogonip Clubhouse comes to mind. Avoid even a paint job so locals and visitors will wonder “what is that eyesore and why doesn’t the city do something about it?” Allow the developer to call the shots and not be held accountable. Ignore the Historic Preservation Commission. The result was that instead of the rehabilitation of a historic structure as planned, we got its demolition with a token façade and bell tower, as seen in the photo. This was not what many in the community were believing in.

A new luxury hotel will no doubt bring in big bucks and a clientele with big spending capacity. The Santa Cruz business community has long yearned to be the champagne side of Monterey Bay, not the beer side, when beer was working class and not boutique. A participant at the ribbon-cutting event was quoted as saying, “I think that this hotel is really going to change the complexion of the city and the beach area.” I think he is right. He didn’t mean skin color, but I expect that will change too. How long before the clientele of the luxury La Bahia complain about that scruffy Wharf with no upscale restaurants. City staff will pounce on that complaint and amplify it to drive a revised, upscale Wharf Master Plan, which has always been about class.

City management staff are already stacking the Wharf deck by stating to council that they have had “outreach meetings” to “engage the community around priorities for the Wharf Master Plan and the focus for the City’s existing $8 million grant.” I usually don’t miss any public meetings regarding the Wharf, so I asked, “What meetings? When?” The answer: Three “pop-up” style outreach events have been held. One at tabling for Second Harvest Food Distribution; one at Shared Adventures Day on the Beach and one at National Night Out, all posted on the Choose Santa Cruz Instagram account. And so, it goes. Trump lite.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

Back next week!

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC HEARING AND SPEAK UP.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING THAT REALLY MATTERS TO YOU.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Restorative Justice: Trust for Public Land and Coast Dairies

There is healing to do in my community, but no one is moving that forward with one particular travesty. We’re approaching the 7-year anniversary of a local conservation organization’s legal action against our community, including environmental hero Celia Scott and others. In 2018, the Trust for Public Land sued a group of my community. Their actions incurred long-lasting damage to personal lives and the willingness and ability for the public to remain engaged in the hard work of protecting the North Coast of Santa Cruz County. This story is a microcosm of society-wide problems. In this essay, I explore this scenario in hopes that we can heal or at least learn from the past in ways to strengthen and improve the future, in similar situations.

What Happened?

In 2014, we were extremely concerned that the Trust for Public Lands chose the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) to take possession of ~5,800 acres of the ~7,000-acre Coast Lands and Dairies property. This would be the first transfer of large acreage in Santa Cruz County to the Federal Government, putting decision making, environmental review, and management oversight far afield from local influence. Moreover, the BLM is nationally recognized as being the ‘bottom of the barrel’ of public land management agencies insofar as their ability to provide adequate staffing or adequately analyze and plan for protecting natural resources and managing visitor use. ‘Don’t worry,’ the Open Space Illuminati whispered, ‘the land will go to National Parks soon enough.’ ‘The Great Park’ was their dream, a way of cementing the legacy of a very few boomers and their deep-pocketed, old school “environmentalist” funders. A dozen or so local veteran conservationists were clearer eyed and decided to fight back.

This coalition worked with experienced legal counsel to challenge the federal lands transfer based on TPL’s need to divide the property between State, private, and Federal ownership…a process requiring County and Coastal Commission approval. When their legal action failed, TPL sued those activists, demanding a large financial settlement. TPL’s legal action also failed but not before the damage was done to individuals and their families as well as the coalition overall and my community of conservationists in general.

Outfall

TPL’s lawsuit echoed through the region, hobbling conservation and damaging community. The Open Space Illuminati felt more empowered, less humble. Family members questioned whether activism was worth the risk, fearing retribution affecting their already tenuous ability to live in an increasingly unaffordable area. Conservationists wondered how a ‘conservation’ organization like TPL could launch such an attack.

The Bullying

This history is but one instance of something we see unfolding nationally with greater consequence. In most political spaces we have mainstream, wealthy, influential ‘centrist’ “liberals” that are sure that they know what’s best for everyone, and they are determined to force their reality forward. They bully and demonize progressives who are often under-resourced for such battles: ‘successful’ centrists are often in wealthier circles/circumstances, and their visions often include methods of increasing their financial advantage. Do we forget progressives’ criticisms of the World Bank and US AID for their paving the way to the destruction of communities and ecosystems? Newsom is so good at bullying Trump because his centrist community are very experienced at bullying progressives, and they’ll be back at that focus soon enough. The centrists love the far right for the power that gives them to move the populace to the center where the rich get richer and the environment and the poor suffer greatly. The Coast Dairies situation is a microcosm in another way.

Microcosm

Many of us are familiar with the story of the colonialist tragedy affecting indigenous people, but can we also apply some of those lessons to the situation with TPL at Coast Dairies? We know we are on the unceded ground of indigenous people: each and every one of us reading this. At the same time, many prescribe to the philosophy of such colonialism when we celebrate the “keystone” of “successful” conservation. Cheers ring out when property is purchased for a park, and few ask who is losing when that happens. Some of us are familiar with the boundaries of parks being drawn without consultation of native peoples around the world: indigenous people displaced by ‘conservationists.’ Few of us see the parallels with such dangerous transitions in California where the ‘We can do better!’ mentality overwhelms local communities.

Can We Do Better?

Conservationists celebrate the quick transition away from local control, yet traditional land management knowledge is lost at great peril. Those engaged in traditional forestry know how to manage land at scale, restore forests, grow trees, and reduce wildfire risks. Those engaged with traditional range management also know how to manage lands at scale, control herds of beasts to ecological benefit, and identify stewardship risks before they become catastrophic. Indigenous peoples have a much deeper and broader experience to share. Instead, the conservation community often removes these previous communities from their stewardship roles, instead entrusting land care to too few University-educated elites with their small share of experience matched by their lack of humility, and framed by their embrace of pro-forma ‘management planning and environmental review’ processes designed to protect them from public conversation, criticism, and legal challenge.

All of this is happening at Cotoni Coast Dairies. Can the situation there, including with the Trust for Public Land, help model a way to overcome this negative global spiral?

Reconciliation

I am suggesting that we go through a truth and reconciliation process for the Coast Dairies debacle, including the TPL’s legal action against our community.

First, we must seek to understand. Who was involved with deciding that the Coast Dairies property would best be in BLM’s hands? Let’s hear from those individuals about their decision and what they think about that nowadays. Who was involved in the decision to sue our community members? Let’s hear from those individuals about what motivated that action. Why did community members sue TPL? Let’s also hear from those individuals about what they were hoping to achieve and how they see their loss affecting the current situation. Can we also hear from the Federal decision makers: how does the machinations of federal control address the concerns of our community?

A well facilitated truth and reconciliation process can move forward from such mutual understanding towards solutions that can help to heal the past and move to a more productive future.

I predict this reconciliation process will not happen until the Open Space Illuminati and the Federal decision makers feel that they are no longer ‘winning.’ Then, they might see that they need the help of the people they have marginalized. This will require the marginalized to gain more power. Please join the movement by talking to your network about these issues.

If we don’t address these past injustices, it will not be a long wait until we see them repeat in larger and more tragic ways. Right here in our communities.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Wednesday, September 3, 2025

David French wrote a column back in January that raises some issues worth thinking about. French’s column was titled, “Us and Them Is All The Rage.” To be perfectly clear, that is the “hardcopy” version of the title. Online, here is the title you’ll find: “How a German Thinker Explains MAGA Morality.”

“MAGA Morality”?

The first line in French’s column pretty much spells out what French means by “MAGA Morality”:

When you worship power, compassion and mercy will look like sins.

French continues with the following observation: “Over the last decade, I’ve watched many of my friends and neighbors make a remarkable transformation. They’ve gone from supporting Donald Trump in spite of his hatefulness to reveling in his aggression.” French suggests that a good way to understand this transformation is to read Carl Schmitt, a German political theorist who joined the Nazi Party after Hitler became chancellor.

A key to “MAGA Morality,” says French, is what he calls the “friend-enemy distinction”:

Let us assume,” Schmitt wrote, “that in the realm of morality the final distinctions are between good and evil, in aesthetics beautiful and ugly, in economics profitable and unprofitable.” Politics, however, has “its own ultimate distinctions.” In that realm, “the specific political distinction to which political actions and motives can be reduced is that between friend and enemy.”

One of liberalism’s deficiencies, according to Schmitt (the fascist), is a reluctance to draw the friend-enemy distinction. Failing to draw it is a fool’s errand. An enduring political community can exist only when it draws this distinction. It is this contrast with outsiders that creates the community.

At the root of what French is calling “MAGA Morality” is a belief that we are not “in this together,” as I often say, but that we are essentially divided, and that one side or the other must, inevitability, either “win” or “lose.” If this is the nature of the political “reality” that prevails in that “Political World” that is created by our joint actions, then we must try not to “reconcile” with those who have views different from ours; we need to extirpate those who hold views different from ours.

Per Schmitt (the fascist), “rage,” not “reconciliation,” must our basic approach to dealing with political differences.

While French is associating this approach to politics with the “MAGA” tribe, both “sides” are buying in to this idea about how politics is supposed to work.

Building our politics on “rage,” instead of “reconciliation,” is to insure that hatred and division will be, in fact, the “coin of the realm.”

Let me make a pitch I have made before, particularly in a blog posting suggesting that trying to find things to be “angry” at is not the type of political involvement we need to be promoting. We are – I want to emphasize this again – “in this together.” Deciding how to make political decisions in a world in which “we are in this together” is the challenge that faces us now.

“Rage” and “anger” are not the way to meet that challenge, whether your politics and “morality” is “MAGA” or the opposite!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

MAGANOT!, AMERICAN DISEASE, CRACKERS, DISTRACTIONS

Last week there was another school shooting, this time at a Catholic church adjacent to its school, and as usual Republicans were offering their usual thoughts and prayers. Or as Mitch McConnell is noted for saying, “Mmpfa, mupha, phanfa b-bank suphapah, too soon,” or something similar — we may never know — gapha gapha ekphi debubba! Fox talking head, and former GOP congressman, Trey Gowdy crossed the MAGANOT! line later by suggesting that it might be time to start talking about gun control, despite his raking in wads of cash from the NRA during his term in office to speak out against a sensible gun safety plan. A new dawn may have found Gowdy tarred-and- feathered and looking for a new job — if only he could get past the FBI and armed National Guardsmen now stationed outside his home environs. Bad Trey dared to say on the ‘Outnumbered’ panel show, “Our system is reactive. Something bad happens, we react to it. And what people are crying for now is how can we prevent this? How can we stop it? And if the only way to stop it is to identify the shooter ahead of time or keep the weapons out of their hands. I mean, how many school shootings does it take before we’re going to have a conversation about keeping firearms out?” Critics immediately jumped onto social media to call him ‘not conservative,’ and they ‘despised him,’ — ‘shameful.’ That’s the routine the country goes through after every mass shooting with victims and families crying, as they follow the wailing sirens on the emergency vehicles — and politicians tweeting, emailing, or calling for ‘thoughts and prayers’ in their interviews. If that works for anyone in the moment, fine. But what about the next time? What comfort is there if you know the next gunman is caressing his or her fully-loaded weapon, ready to launch into yet another round of bloodshed? Names and places change, but the blood on the floor after unspeakable violence remains the same.

Michael Cohen writes on MeidasTouch, “The truth is, America has stopped even pretending to look for answers. Politicians point fingers, advocacy groups dig into their trenches, and the rest of us are left with a toxic cocktail of rage and resignation. We know the script. We’ve seen it too many times. And yet, the body count keeps climbing. How many more mothers need to bury their children before someone in Washington grows a spine? How many fathers will hold their son’s baseball glove, never to see him step up to the plate again? How many of these tragedies need to unfold before we admit that ‘thoughts and prayers’ are not policy? Why is this topic so untouchable? Why is the right to own an arsenal more sacred than the right of a child to sit safely in a classroom, or a worshipper to bow their head in peace?” Cohen goes on to say that we live in a nation where there are more guns than people — every citizen could be armed, and still weapons would be left unclaimed. “If that doesn’t tell you something is broken, you’re not paying attention,” he says. Any compromise is regarded as blasphemy, and any reference to common-sense reform invites outrage, attack ads, and threats, a path to surrender. Melania Trump was compelled to speak out for a call to action — a sincere, heartfelt response which will only be ignored. Columbine? Sandy Hook? Las Vegas? Uvalde? Park Avenue? Minneapolis? Nothing changes! Apathy and campaign contributions take hold.

Cohen chides Americans, saying, “It should shame us that we’ve let it get this far. That we’ve allowed gun violence become the background noise of American life. That parents now rehearse active shooter drills the same way past generations practiced fire drills. That worshippers look for exits when they walk into a sanctuary. That teachers keep bandages and tourniquets next to textbooks.” Steve Schmidt writes on his ‘The Warning’ blog, the words of the Minneapolis shooter, “‘I don’t want to do it spread a message. I do it to please myself. I do it because I am sick.'” Schmidt recalls Fox News’ Laura Ingraham as she reported the violence in Minneapolis: “Look at the evil etched on her face. Look at the menace in her smirk as she uses the death of children to celebrate her bigotry, indicting every transgender person in American as a danger. Her hate is her evidence that all are guilty of a sick person’s crime. Collective guilt is not justice. It is the rallying cry of a mob. The Trump mob was out in full force with a curated indictment, making sure in the main to leave out the big parts of the story. It’s always inconvenient when the events don’t fit perfectly in the demagogue’s box. Those dead kids in Minnesota were killed by an American disease, and the people who spread it want you to know a transgender person did it.”

The day after the mass shooting, White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt attacked former press secretary Jen Psaki’s comments about ‘thoughts and prayers,’ saying, “I think they’re incredibly insensitive and disrespectful to tens of millions of Americans of faith across this country who believe in the power of prayer, who believe that prayer works, and who believe that in a time of mourning like this, it’s utterly disrespectful…ummm…to deride the power the power of prayer in this country.” Psaki had expressed her frustrations that “half the politicians in our country have little more to offer than thoughts and prayers,” saying, “We have seen this play out over and over again. There is a shooting, then come the thoughts and prayers, and then comes the attempt to shift the focus. This is what always happens. Prayer is not freaking enough. Prayer does not end school shootings. Prayers do not make parents feel safe sending their kids to school. Prayer does not bring those kids back. Enough with thoughts and prayers.” Like clockwork, the GOP and their pro-gun allies pivoted to mental health and transgender rights, ignoring the obvious truth that the only factor that separates the US from other countries is the sheer number of guns. As Walter Einenkel writes on Daily Kos, “At least one White House secretary knows how to tell the truth.”

Psaki further criticized the Trump administration’s deployment of National Guard troops in Washington, DC, amid reports that they have been seen mulching down planted areas and picking up trash. “When kids are getting shot in their pews at a Catholic school mass and your crime plan is to have National Guard troops mulch around DC, maybe you should rethink your strategy,” she zinged. VP Vance also berated Psaki for her “bizarre” declaration that “prayer is not freaking enough.” Catholic convert Vance defended the power of prayer, saying, “We pray because our hearts are broken. We pray because we know God listens. We pray because we know that God works in mysterious ways, and can inspire us to further action.” Minneapolis Mayor Jacob Frey rejected the standard response in his speech, saying, “Don’t just say this is about thoughts and prayers right now — these kids were literally praying. It was the first week of school, they were in church.” Democrats and liberal pundits in particular have seen expressions of thoughts and prayers, particularly coming from the GOP and prominent commentators on the right, as an empty gesture when uncoupled with specific actions on gun control to prevent mass shootings. Democrats argue that the debate over the usefulness or appropriateness of prayer is an unhelpful distraction from what they see as the root cause of mass shootings: Ease of access to guns. “On this, Republicans are trying to own the space of faith just like they do patriotism. Scripture says faith without works is dead. The difference between us and them is we follow our thoughts and prayers up with action and they do not.” This would be in the vein of the oft-quoted West African proverb: “When you pray, move your feet.”

It seems that our vice president is becoming all too familiar with getting harshly booed and heckled in public appearances — quite satisfying for the participants and those who oppose the administration, and Trump’s policies. Michaela Bramwell of BuzzFeed says one habit of Vance, which is growing tiresome to many, “his single most obnoxious characteristic” to one person, is his constant demand for gratitude from those he opposes — one person calling it “straight-up whiny,” as in whiny fascism. We all remember the viral argument he initiated with Ukraine’s President Zelensky in the Oval Office a few weeks back, demanding a “thank you.” His most recent attack was on New York City mayoral candidate, Zohran Mamdani, who Vance accuses of “attacking” the country “for all its problems,” when he should be showing “a sense of gratitude.” The candidate’s defenders say he ran the “most positive possible campaign” about New York City, and another agreed that Mamdani’s “brand is loving New York and celebrating that it’s an awesome place to live.” Another writer suggests that Vance tackle comments made by his orange-hued boss, such as, calling the US a “failing nation,” “a garbage can,” and “no better than Russia.” A Fran Lebowitz quote might be applied to our two fearless leaders: “The conversational overachiever is someone whose grasp exceeds his reach. This is possible but not attractive.” Or, as Mitch McConnell might say, “Dagso rab micle tacis plal.”

A post on social media poses, “Imagine if the MAGAs reacted to mass shootings with the same passion and outrage as when Cracker Barrel changed their stupid logo.” The Daily Dose of Democracy site snakily posted: “In these tenuous and truly exceptional times, it’s comforting to know the Trump regime is laser focused on the critical issues of the day that clearly matter most to Americans, like…chain restaurant logo rebranding. Lord Goldemort’s goon squad claimed it was the president’s Truth Social post lambasting the new logo that helped the famed restaurant chain finally see the light and ditch their woke-ass, anti-racist, gender-bending, homosexual lifestyle-approving new logo and return to their pious, Cracker (next to a) Barrel roots. And to think, there are people out there that still don’t think this man deserves the Nobel Peace Prize!” Cartoonist Nick Anderson captured the idiocy of the Cracker Brouhaha in his drawing of a team of red-hatted, googly-faced MAGAs raising a sign with the original Cracker Barrel logo — a la the WWII photo of US troops raising the US flag over Iwo Jima. So not only did corporate roll back the drab, characterless, new logo — it went a step further and ditched its webpage boasting its support for the LGBTQ+ community. “In connection with the Company’s brand work, we have recently made updates to the Cracker Barrel website, including adding new content and removal of out-of-date content,” the company told Fox News, touting a ‘Culture and Belonging’ page in place of ‘Bringing the Porch to Pride’ page.

On August 19, Cracker Barrel announced a modernized, simplified, barrel-shaped logo, removing the ‘Old Timer’ leaning against a barrel, as a way to appeal to the younger clientele, which MAGA took to be conspiratorial attack on American culture, a “woke” rebranding relating to the chain’s past affiliation with Pride parades and their bugaboos of diversity, equity, and inclusion. After much social media criticism, President Trump stepped in saying, “Cracker Barrel should go back to the old logo, admit a mistake based on customer response, and manage the company better than ever before.” Hours later, the company announced the reversion, even calling Trump to thank him for weighing in on the issue — but it really simply boils down to doing what is best for the bottom line, especially in light of the stock’s plunge on Wall Street. The Atlantic Daily quotes Ted Gioia on the phoniness of the Cracker Barrel brand and the absurdity of MAGA’s fake outrage over the new logo. “Cracker Barrel’s biggest shareholder is BlackRock, the world’s largest asset manager, headquartered in New York City. Did you think it was Dolly Parton or Willie Nelson?” The article continues, “The fried chickens have come home to roost. Cracker Barrel is reverting to its old logo, fewer than ten days after announcing a new, stripped-down version. The ensuing controversy has been at once a welcome distraction from other news and an outgrowth of all the most annoying impulses in American life.” Hardly an avatar of small-town southern authenticity — more of a simulacrum of rural life, a corporate behemoth masquerading as a mom-and-pop lunch counter, intended to capitalize on nostalgia for a way of life that was already disappearing when it first opened it 1969. But all this background failed to stop Florida Congressman Byron Donald’s post on X: “It’s time to Make Cracker Barrel Great Again.”

D. Earl Stephens writes in Rolling Stone magazine: “I have grown sick and tired of the word, ‘distraction.’ And if you are a patriot doing what you can to fight against the most anti-American administration in our nation’s history, I bet you know exactly what I am talking about. I am done being lectured to by so-called ‘influencers’ and Democratic ‘operatives’ and politicians that everything the America-attacking Donald Trump and his odious fascists are doing today, is just a mere ‘distraction’ from something they did yesterday. Every terrible thing they did yesterday, is but a mere ‘distraction’ from some gruesome thing they did last week…note to all of these people: Please shut up. You are insulting as hell, are part of the problem, and are giving me a headache. The word ‘distraction’ is being thrown all over the Internet in response to Trump’s FBI search of the home of his former national security adviser, John Bolton. The search is allegedly just a ‘distraction’ from any of the other 227 terrible things Trump and his panting hyenas have afflicted on this country the past decade. Was the search of Bolton’s home chilling? Yes, of course. Was it predictable to anybody paying even the slightest amount of attention, and who has managed not to get ‘distracted’ by what has been going on in this country the past ten years? Of course it was. Was it any more chilling than rounding up US citizens and shipping them off to God knows where? Of course not. Was it merely a ‘distraction’ to drag attention away from whatever is happening with the elusive Epstein Files? Please…stop insulting us with all this crap. We aren’t distracted, you nitwits, we are wide awake, and furious about ALL OF IT, and wondering when the hell it is people like you will stop worrying about us being ‘distracted.'”

Stephens lists several items which have been called “distractions”: 1)Turning our military loose on OUR streets, 2) Trump’s visiting military bases to sell cheap memorabilia while criticizing political opponents, 3) Firing non-partisan, non-political experts for delivering job numbers Trump doesn’t like, 4) Killing life-saving vaccine, 5) Attacking safeguards on clean air and water, 6) Posting videos of a kneeling Barack Obama being placed in handcuffs, 7) Re-writing our nation’s history to minimize caging, beating and owning other human beings. “NONE of these things, or the scores of other gruesome events perpetrated on American citizens by this heinous administration, are mere ‘distractions.’ They are awful, intentional attacks, many of which used to be crimes in this country. Taken separately any of these things would have been threatened to bring down entire presidential administrations. Now they are being treated as just another cloudy afternoon in America,” he says. Continuing with his gut-punching, Stephens writes, “But if you are one of these feeble, simple-minded people, who are easily confused, and have a problem with all these ‘distractions’ maybe I can help: Trump declared war on the USA on January 6, 2021, when he refused to accept the results of an election he lost by more than seven million votes. It was an attempted insurrection, in which law enforcement officers were savagely beaten with rebel flag poles, clubs, stanchions, bats, and anything else Trump’s mob could get their filthy hands on. Millions of dollars of damage was done to OUR capitol building, where politicians — Republicans and Democrats — were hunted down and threatened with hanging and/or death. Instead of stopping the attack, Trump sequestered himself in the White House for more than three hours and rooted for its success. When it failed, he grudgingly stalked out on the White House lawn, and told his homegrown terrorists to surrender and go home, but not before telling them: ‘We love you, you’re very special.’ Read that again…”

Stephens wraps it up with: “EVERYTHING Trump has done since that terrible day has been designed around exactly ONE thing: rebuilding his anti-American army, exacting revenge on American patriots who are standing up for our country, and putting an end to our 249-year Democracy, so Republicans never relinquish power again. Got it? Good! Now try concentrating on only this, and stop lecturing the rest of us about being ‘distracted.'”

Illegitimi non carborundum – Don’t let the bastards grind you down.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

AI

“AI is good at describing the world as it is today with all of its biases, but it does not know how the world should be.”
~Joanne Chen

“AI can be our friend.”
~Bill Gates

“Bridging the digital divide through AI, machine learning, and other emerging technologies will help all Americans benefit from the digital revolution, regardless of who they are or where they live. That is something every citizen can appreciate.”
~Ajit Pai

“AI will not replace humans, but those who use AI will replace those who don’t.”
~Ginni Rometty,

“By far, the greatest danger of Artificial Intelligence is that people conclude too early that they understand it.”
~Eliezer Yudkowsky

...

Hannah Fry is one of my favorite content creators. She makes videos on a wide variety of subjects, and she’s wonderful to listen to.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

August 27 – September 2, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back next issue… Steinbruner… Battery fires aftermath… Hayes… Midsummer… Patton… The Great Replacement… Matlock… a moron… peace is hard… stupid white hippies… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… powerful demonstration of manipulation… Quotes on… “Seasons”

...

THE FABLED COOPER HOUSE 1971. Once upon a time (1915) this was our County Courthouse. Located at Pacific and Cooper Streets. It became our beloved and much used Cooper House in the early 1970s. With great stores, restaurant, and the Oak Room Bar. It was retrofitted BEFORE the 1989 earthquake but the City Council allowed it to be destroyed for financial reasons. The City has never been the same since.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: August 27, 2025

SEASONS ARE CHANGING! Burning Man is over, kids are back in school, and soon we’ll have Pumpkin Spice EVERYTHING, EVERYWHERE! I’m personally not a huge fan, but I know many who are. I’m excited to see in what way fall is different in the mountains compared to Aptos, and I marvel daily at this little paradise we live in. Santa Cruz County, as I frequently tell people, is the second smallest county in California (before you ask, San Francisco is the smallest), but the most diverse in climate. Just think about it – you can go from up in the mountains to the beach in less than half an hour… We have San Lorenzo Valley, the banana belt, the fields down in Watsonville, the unlimited (thank you Coastal Commission) beauty that is Highway 1 up the coast to Davenport.

Anyway, I could talk forever. See you next time!

~Webmistress

...

THE THURSDAY MURDER CLUB. Netflix. Movie (6.7 IMDb) ***
After a parade of smarmy Hallmark whodunits comes an honest-to-goodness real cozy mystery … starring Helen Mirren, Pierce Brosnan, Ben Kingsley, Celia Imrie, and David Tennant … directed by Chris Columbus (yes, that Chris Columbus: Harry Potter, Home Alone, The Goonies)! It’s a delight, and I already want a whole series.

The Thursday Murder Club follows a band of sharp-witted retirees in a retirement community who amuse themselves by cracking cold cases…until they stumble into a brand-new mystery – one that could turn them into the next victims. Fully worth a watch.
~Sarge

HONEY DON’T. In Theatres. Movie (5.7 IMDb) ***-
The Hate Child of Wes Anderson and Quentin Tarantino: Ethan Coen’s Honey Don’t

As a long-standing Coen Brothers fan, I approached Ethan Coen’s solo outing with some trepidation. On the surface, it’s a twist on the hard-boiled dick story—only without the dick. Margaret Qualley steps into the role with dry, sensual humor, wandering through the bleak romanticism of lovely Bakersfield. Aubrey Plaza shows up as, shocker, a “quirky” cop/love interest, but brings surprising spark and passion. And Chris Evans, finally tucking Captain America to bed, slimes it up as a skeezy small-town preacher.

The film stretches itself trying to cover too much emotional ground and juggles a few more story threads than it can quite manage. Still, even if it’s not top-shelf Coen, I’d argue any Coen is better than no Coen. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

A GOOD GIRL’S GUIDE TO MURDER. Netflix. Series. (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Another I missed when it first came out last year, but now that the Great Move is over (we just shifted home from Rio Del Mar, to Ben Lomond – complete with our own redwood grove, and our courageous ducks) I’ve had time to get back into this all.

“A Good Girl’s Guide to Murder” follows high school senior Pippa “Pip” Fitz-Amobi (played by Wednesday’s perky werewolf roommate, Emma Mayers, back on her home turf in Britain) as she reopens the five-year-old murder case of older classmate Andie Bell. Though officially closed with boyfriend Sal Singh’s confession and suicide, Pip suspects his innocence and, with Sal’s younger brother, makes it her final academic project. What she uncovers is a web of secrets and dangerous truth, putting herself and those she loves in the crosshairs.

Cozyish, with some modern nastiness (no sex, just real crime stuff), and elevated by strong performances – nods all around for Anna Maxwell Martin as Pip’s mother, torn between wrangling her brilliant, headstrong daughter and recognizing at the same time her fragility as still just a kid. Their dynamic is a standout.

Spoiler and trigger warning: yes, the dog dies. Sorry, but that’s a trigger that needs to be respected. Deal with it.

Based on Holly Jackson’s YA mystery series, the show has already been renewed for a second season, adapting the next book

~Sarge

FANTASTIC FOUR: FIRST STEPS. In theaters. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****
The First Family of comics finally feels like a real family. Since their 1961 debut, the Fantastic Four have always centered on family dynamics, and this adaptation leans fully into that core. Reed Richards (Pedro Pascal), Susan Storm (Vanessa Kirby), her brother Johnny (Joseph Quinn), and Reed’s lifelong friend Ben Grimm (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) share a life-changing space accident that leaves them with strange powers. Thankfully, the film skips the typical origin sturm und drang and instead drops us years after their transformation. The characterizations stay true to their comic counterparts, and the retro-futurist design (evoking the TVA from Loki) is pure visual delight.

Much like Superman earlier this year, this film is more concerned with who these people are than with non-stop action. The Fantastic Four are inherently decent, and the film allows their personalities and relationships to breathe. There’s even a non-human, non-speaking comic sidekick (H.E.R.B.I.E., filling the Krypto slot from Superman), and it works. Some may feel the superhero action is a bit light (Reed’s stretchy powers, for instance, are used sparingly, perhaps to avoid full Jim Carrey territory) but it strikes a fair balance. There’s a ton of CG, particularly in the beautifully realized retro Manhattan, but it blends so well you barely notice.

No bad performances, standout production design, and a few genuinely epic set pieces make this one a win. And for those complaining about woke gender flips: there have been many heralds over the years, male and female, including Shalla Bal. It’s faithful where it counts, fresh where it needs to be, and, most importantly, it finally gives us a Fantastic Four that lives up to their name.

THIS IS SPINAL TAP. Vudu, Google Play, Amazon. Movie (7.9 IMDb) ****
When I was chronologically less-endowed (the ’80s) and UA owned almost all the screens in town (Del Mar, Rio, River Street Twin, Aptos Twin, and the 41st Ave Playhouse), I worked at the Del Mar and the Rio. I’d catch free movies all over town every week. Obviously, you only have so much mental storage, so with a lot of films, I just filed away whether I liked them or not.

So imagine my surprise when I went to see a Fathom Event 4K restoration of “This Is Spinal Tap” (in anticipation of the upcoming “Spinal Tap 2: The End Continues”) and realized I remembered everything, despite the 41 years between my first viewing and now.

For the uninitiated, this 1984 self-described “mockumentary” by Rob Reiner follows the later years of fictional band Spinal Tap. Told in loose documentary style, it also dives into their earlier phases as a Beatles-style quartet and later a psychedelic rock act. The core trio – Michael McKean, Christopher Guest, and Harry Shearer (who later reunited for “A Mighty Wind”) – are backed by a rotating cast of ill-fated drummers. Most of the dialogue is improvised, and the music manages to be both hilarious and genuinely good.

If you’ve never seen it, track down a copy or be ready to rent or buy it on Amazon. It’s worth going out of your way for a watch.

Sorry if I seem a little hyperbolic. You see, it goes to 11.
~Sarge

...

Back next week!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
SANTA CRUZ COUNTY BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE FACILITY ORDINANCE POSTPONED FOR A YEAR…NOW WHAT?

The County Supervisors voted to postpone review of a Draft Battery Energy Storage Site (BESS) for large grid-scale projects for another year.  Supervisor Cummings felt the proposed delay to November 18, 2025 was not enough time to gain needed insight of the Moss Landing Vistra Battery fire, the information from the County’s Commission on the Environment, or have the Governor’s tentative approval of Senator Laird’s SB 283. Bill Text: CA SB283

But for the New Leaf Energy developer waiting on progress of their application for the 90 Minto Road Seahawk Energy Storage project in Watsonville, that may not seem reasonable.  They are in this to make money, and delays cause expense. Battery storage developer aims to advance Watsonville project before next summer, regardless of Santa Cruz County’s rules

Recent articles have reported the New Leaf Energy developer is considering application to the California Energy Commission(CEC) for Opt-In Certification and bypass local jurisdictions, available under SB 205 authority.  If that happens, the CEC determines whether the project would deliver benefit to the community, and would, with some exceptions, require the CEC to complete environmental review of the Project within 270 days.  Opt-In Certification Fact Sheet

Would that be fair and impartial?  Would the CEC pay any serious attention to what the people who would be affected by the future fires, explosions and toxic off-gasses and noise of the facility?  We can watch how this plays out by observing the CEC’s actions regarding the Compass BESS Project in San Juan Capistrano

People submitted over 1,000 comments on that project’s environmental review. 

SUPPORT AB 303  AB 434 TO PROTECT PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY
Assemblymember Dawn Addis proposed AB 303 in February of this year, effectively responding to limit the placement of hazardous lithium-based grid scale battery energy storage facilities in relation to neighborhoods, schools, hospitals and sensitive environmental areas. AB 303 Fact Sheet

Assemblymember Carl DeMaio proposed AB434 also in February of this year to protect public and environmental safety with a moratorium on lithium grid-scale battery energy storage projects until the California State Fire Codes are updated to implement new safety regulations to protect the emergency responders and the public. https://legiscan.com/CA/text/AB434/id/3199764

   Please take a moment to contact your assembly member and urge them to support AB303 and AB 434.  Since both good bills are sitting in the desks of the Utility and Energy Committee, contact the members of that Committee and urge them to move these two bills forward and prioritize public safety in grid-scale BESS project implementations.

It will just take a few minutes of your time…you can do it!

WHAT IS IN THE ASH AT MOSS LANDING VISTRA BATTERY FIRE SITE AND HOW WILL IT BE CLEANED UP WITHOUT POISONING WORKERS AND THE PUBLIC?
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is responsible for investigation and monitoring air and contaminants at the Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire site.  To date, the EPA has not released information about the contamination levels at the site of the fire, however has authorized clean -up efforts to begin…potentially spreading the toxins into the air surrounding the site and on the roadways where trucks will travel to the Class 1 landfills in neighboring states for disposal.

Independent researcher Scott Smith of Blue Shirt Justice League has determined there are contamination problems beyond the heavy metal analysis performed last January by Dr. Ivan Aiello of San Jose State University, and the Never Again Moss Landing group.  He gave a presentation at the Prunedale Grange August 31, 2025.
goblueshirtjustice.org
neveragainmosslanding.org

The owner, Vistra, has hired CTEH consultants to monitor the site. At this point, one should remember that, “You don’t find what you don’t look for.”, and insist that information be released for public review immediately.

Local news reports and the EPA have claimed the clean up effort has been approved, but local Never Again Moss Landing residents  clarified at a gathering August 31, 2025 at the Prunedale  Grange that the clean up has been delayed.

Thousands of burned batteries at Moss Landing to be removed

CONTINUING TO ALTER COUNTY ADVISORY COMMISSION ON HOUSING POLICIES
The County Housing Advisory Commission (HAC) used to meet every other month to discuss housing issues as advisory group to the Board of Supervisors.  The Commission  met only once last year because Planning Dept. staff cancelled the meetings.  In March of this year, there was a meeting, with the main issue of discussion being whether or not the Commission would continue.  Planning Staff has cancelled all meetings since.
Housing Advisory Commission

What a shock to receive a notice from Staff that the Board of Supervisors will be essentially disbanding the group, in favor of a different hand-picked Commission:

The attached ordinance proposes to amend SCCC Chapter 2.94 to change the
composition of the HAC as follows:

  • Reduce the number of seats to be appointed by each Supervisor from the current two seats per district to one commissioner and one alternate per district (similar to the Planning Commission’s alternates).
  • Add four or six at-large seats to be appointed by the full Board, representing the following stakeholder types:
    • Affordable Housing Advocates and/or Non-Profit Affordable Housing Developer
    • Farmworkers and lower-income renters (or representative of a non-profit organization that serves them)
    • Lower-income seniors, disabled person, homeless and/or at-risk person (or representative of a non-profit organization that serves them)
    • Market-Rate Developer or Real Estate industry representative
    • Representative of a local public agency, such as: Housing Authority, Housing for Health Partnership (CoC), Workforce Development Board, or of a major local employer (e.g., school district, local health care network)
    • Require at least one HAC member (either district or at-large appointee) be a young adult between 18 and 25 years of age.
    • Require at least three HAC members be renters (either district or at-large appointees, or a combination of both).

Staff recommend an even number of at-large seats (either four or six) so that, when added to the five district seats, the commission will have an odd number of commissioners to avoid tie votes. Once the newly created at-large HAC seats and any vacant district seats are filled, the reconstituted HAC will consider updates to its bylaws at an initial meeting, and the HAC will be added to the County’s Conflict of Interest Code. Following approval by the HAC and County Counsel, those documents will be brought to the Board for approval.

In addition to the proposed code amendments described above, the proposal also included modifying the planned number of meetings per year to “at least two and no more than six regular meetings”

Housing Advisory Commission Code Update

ADDING MORE MONEY TO REMODEL THE COUNTY BOARD OF SUPERVISOR CHAMBERS
We still have seen no plans for the anticipated remodel of the 5th Floor Supervisor chambers, but here is another expensive change-order plan.

SCOPE OF PROJECT
Architectural services for the Santa Cruz County Board Chambers Renovation, are proposed for
the following project scope:

  • New stage and desk configuration for board and presenters with north wall as backdrop.
  • Accessible ramps to stage.
  • Demolition of existing Office and Media Room to accommodate expansion of seating
    area.

  • New Media Room on the south side of the Board Chambers, and supporting mechanical
    equipment on the roof.

  • Expansion into corridor.

#24 Consent Agenda:

Discussion
On November 19, 2024 the Board entered a contract agreement with William Fischer Architects for professional design and bidding support work related to the Santa Cruz County board chambers renovations in the amount of $201,387.63.

On June 24, 2025 the first amendment to this contract was executed to increase the scope of work to include additional work for the mechanical, electrical, structural, acoustic and architecture teams and adjusted the compensation by $35,127.20 plus contingency for a not to exceed amount of $236,514.83.

A second amendment adding additional services to administer the construction phase ofItem 24 the project and additional redesign services is being requested, increasing the total compensation by $134,604 bringing the total not to exceed amount to $371,118.83 Funding transfers from the Public Education Government (PEG) funds to the project account in the amount of $820,493 are also included in this item in order to facilitate payment of technical and other equipment necessary for the project which has long lead times and needs to be ordered now to ensure delivery in time for implementation during various phases of the construction.

Financial Impact
Funds for this contract will be provided by DIVCA/PEG fees which are restricted funds limited to capital improvements that support public education and government broadcasting and digital access.

LISTEN IN THIS FRIDAY TO “COMMUNITY MATTERS”
Listen in from your computer of smart device  from anywhere in the world every Friday, 2pm-4pm Pacific Time to “Community Matters” on SantaCruzVoice.com

This Friday, my Guests will include Scott Smith of Blue Shirt Justice League, Dori Rose Inda, the new CEO of the Santa Cruz County Fairgrounds, and Dr. Matt Wetstein, soon to retire as CEO of Cabrillo College.

Listen to recordings of this and archived shows here.

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC HEARING AND SPEAK UP.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING THAT REALLY MATTERS TO YOU.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Midsummer

We have passed the midway point of the year, the middle of summer, and the Land changes before our eyes.

Leaves

There are drought-deciduous plants and seasonally-deciduous plants. Their sometimes-colorful leaf drop is starting to overlap. Poison oak is one of those deciduous plants that are in between: on drier slopes, crimson patches have been emerging for a month as that plant decides to drop its leaves, leaving only stems and berries. Buckeye trees are dropping medium-brown leaves, too: very little Fall color to add to the landscape’s palette. Madrone Fall has happened already, leaves littering the ground most crunchily, bark peeling on the hot days making pinking and crinkling noises. Madrone trees lose their old leaves but keep their new ones. Bare madrone trees are dead, as is too often the case with some scourge that is ravaging many trees.

I was just in the Eastern Sierra and the very first seasonal fall color was showing at 8,000 feet – branch tips of the brightest lemony yellow aspens were a treat, but very rare. Time to plan your leaf-peeping trip in a month or so. Our versions of seasonally deciduous lemony yellows will emerge in a while yet with hazelnut and big leaf maple, which mostly aren’t starting to lose their chlorophyll just yet.

Fruit

The grassland seeds have (mostly) fallen and the shrubland berries ripen while the woodland acorns grow fat. In abandoned agricultural fields, dead grass slowly sags horizontal, skeletons of radish, mustard, and hemlock rattle free their last seeds in the afternoon breezes. Perennial grasses in the more pristine prairies have dried, too, and just blue wild rye still holds a few seeds on its narrow, dense flower spikes. The bases of the bunchgrasses show a little green- real toughies! You would be lucky to find a single seed in the spent rattly seed cups of soap root and other lilies.

Side hilling strolls along the prairie-shrubland boundary reveals dark leaved coffeeberry shrubs thick with ripe purple-black juicy berries. Nearby, the mixture of ripening stages of blackberry offers a few small, seedy ripe fruit. Fruit eating birds (including band-tailed pigeons) and foxes have bellies full of these, as evidenced by their scat.

It will be a while before the acorns and buckeye nuts are ripe: they grow day-by-day. Acorn woodpeckers settle for bugs or last year’s cache of acorns for sustenance.

Migration

As the season progresses, wildlife moves. The last of the barn swallows have just fledged (this last week!) and are fast growing muscle to make their long journey south. Cooper hawk and kestrel will be free of the swallows’ vigilant fuss by the middle of September.

This year’s batch of adolescent dragonflies is patrolling the air from zero to 50′ above the dry grasslands and chaparral ecosystems, far from their natal homes. They dart about capturing the insects that have matured and taken flight after devouring leaf, shoot, and seed from the prolific biomass below. Below our feet, in the deep and complex matrix of gopher and ground squirrel burrows, newts pace back and forth stalking invertebrate prey.

On foggy days, chorus frogs that have been emerging from drying ponds climb further out on tree limbs or hop further from their wetland birthplaces to find places with richer food and fewer competitors. These talkative amphibians make their squeaky hinge croaks across the extensive canopies of Fort Ord’s live oak woodlands in the long days of misty-fog “summer.”

Big things are on the move in the ocean as well. My favorite summer whale is the giant blue whale, which is typically seen in the Monterey Bay from July – October. August sitings have been scant, but still, they are out there! Meanwhile, our population of gray whales are at the height of their arctic adventures, way, way north – feasting on krill and wondering if this year is a good one to sneak over to the Atlantic Ocean. This year is the third lowest ice sheet coverage in the last nearly 50 years… gray whales were hunted out of the Atlantic and may soon act on their yearning for those ancestral feeding grounds.

Fire Season

Monsoon season brought hundreds of lightning strikes to California last weekend ushering in the fire season across large areas of the state. We just passed the anniversary of the 2020 CZU Lightning Complex Fire and, before that, the 2009 Lockheed Fire. Mid-August has been the time for the Monterey Bay to burn recently, but September and October are historically fire months as well. Our cool July and ongoing cool nights have combined to help keep things less dry, but coastal heat waves are quickly removing any residual moisture. As interior California heats up and typical conditions prevail, the moderating effect of the ocean keeps us cooler and sometimes moister so the fire danger is less. That hasn’t stopped fires from happening, though, including a roadside fire in Davenport not long ago. There are no terrific heat waves foreseeable for the coast and no predictions of remnant tropical storms carrying thunder and lightning, so thanks for those things (for now). A reminder, though- it is Not Too Late to clear fuels and otherwise prepare. Recall from Santa Rosa that fire can carry way into town, so work to do even there. Wondering where to focus? Zone Zero- the 5 feet out from structures…nothing flammable there!

This week’s challenge: crunch some madrone leaves under your feet. The crispy noise, the beautiful patterns of fallen madrone leaves, the peely bark…some deep delicious experiences are in store for you if you can get there.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Wednesday, August 27, 2025

Those reading this blog posting may have heard of the “Great Replacement Theory.” Here’s the definition provided by Wikipedia:

The Great Replacement, also known as replacement theory or great replacement theory, is a debunked white nationalist, far-right conspiracy theory espoused by French author Renaud Camus. The original theory states that, with the complicity or cooperation of “replacist” elites, the ethnic French and white European populations at large are being demographically and culturally replaced by non-white peoples—especially from Muslim-majority countries—through mass migration, demographic growth and a drop in the birth rate of white Europeans. Since then, similar claims have been advanced in other national contexts, notably in the United States. Mainstream scholars have dismissed these claims of a conspiracy of “replacist” elites as rooted in a misunderstanding of demographic statistics and premised upon an unscientific, racist worldview.

Support for the “Great Replacement Theory” comes from people like Tucker Carlson – and, as the picture I have used at the top of this blog posting implies, Mr. Elon Musk.
 
Rolling Stone magazine has published an article that discusses Musk’s support of this “great replacement” theory, but I think you’ll have to be a subscriber to read it. You can click right here for another article, speaking to the same point about Musk, but you shouldn’t have to jump over a paywall to get to it.

My blog posting today IS about Musk – but it’s not about the “Great Replacement Theory.” It is about another “great replacement” proposal in which Musk is involved. I am hoping to get you to focus on this other kind of “great replacement” effort that I think is even more serious.

On Thursday, June 12, 2025, The Wall Street Journal ran an article with the following headline: “Musk Says Tesla Robotaxi Launch Tentatively Planned for June 22.” That article, too, is almost certainly paywall protected, so let me quote from the article, so you can see what struck me most forcefully:

In a flurry of posts on X late Tuesday, Musk hyped up the launch as a vital step toward Tesla’s autonomous future. The first use of Tesla’s robotaxis will start with 10 to 20 Model Ys driving on public roads without a human behind the wheel, before expanding the size of the service based on how well the technology performs, Musk has said.

“The streets will change very rapidly,” he said in a post. “Autonomous cars will be very common throughout the world in two to three years.”

In a clip shared by Musk and Tesla, a driverless Model Y SUV turned a corner through a busy intersection in Austin. The video is one of the first times a Tesla has been documented driving without a human in the driver’s seat. A label across the passenger side of the car identified it as part of Tesla’s service, which it calls “Robotaxi.”

“These are unmodified Tesla cars coming straight from the factory, meaning that every Tesla coming out of our factories is capable of unsupervised self-driving!” Musk wrote on X.

The “great replacement” that Musk is trumpeting here is the replacement of human beings by technology.

If you have been reading my blog postings on some sort of regular basis, you will not be surprised that I am talking about this topic, once again. We are acting as though it will be a great advance in our human situation when we have been able to create, by ourselves, technologies that will replace us.

Who needs “human” intelligence, when an “artificial” intelligence that we have created ourselves is even smarter than we are (allegedly, anyway)? Who needs real, flesh and blood people at the wheel of the cars that convey us around?

Figuring out how to make human beings superfluous is NOT a step ahead. Speaking theologically – which I sometimes do, even when it’s not a Sunday – we are back with Moses, watching the crowds worship the Golden Calf.

Even “friends” are getting to be “artificial,” all of a sudden, but repairing to “Replika,” to “find some friends” is not what I have been talking about, as I have been urging us all to start finding some real friends, and to get involved with those friends in “running the place.”

That “Great Replacement” idea has put a target on your back. It really has. Musk, and those other “tech-bro” wizards, want to replace YOU (and all of us).

Flawed as we all may be, that’s not the solution to the problem of being alive as a human being!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
EPSTEIN DRUMBEAT, GROK, INTIMIDATION, SPECTACLE

According to humorist Andy Borowitz“Sarah Palin’s tenure as the dumbest person to set foot in the state of Alaska came to an abrupt end on Friday. Speaking to reporters, the former governor was philosophical about losing her crown of idiocy, declaring, ‘I had a good run.’ Watching the newly-minted king of stupid ramble incoherently at a press conference in Anchorage, Palin observed, ‘Whoa — now there’s a moron!’ As for how he clinched the title, Palin opined, ‘Even I know the difference between Alaska and Russia.'” This was in reference to President Trump, twice, telling reporters that he had scheduled a meeting — or perhaps, President Putin had scheduled a meeting — in Russia. Of course, we all know that it took place in Anchorage, Alaska at Elmendorf AFB — former Russian territory…oops! On Monday, following the Alaskan disaster, Trump told reporters in the Oval Office that following his meeting with eight European leaders, including Ukraine’s Volodymyr Zelensky, he planned to speak again with Russia’s Putin, prompting a CNN commentator to speculate that it was a prearranged discussion to get Russian approval for any future planning. Global affairs analyst, Kimberly Dozier on CNN with Boris Sanchez, said, “The fact that he feels he’s got to check in with Putin right away, as the meeting is taking place, and being told that no NATO ground troops will be acceptable, makes it feel like Trump needs Putin’s approval in a way that’s got to be very disturbing to Zelensky. But Zelensky is a good actor. He’s playing it cool. He’s not biting on any to the questions he got. Hopefully the European officials will tell Trump that it’s time to put ‘troops on the ground’ inside Ukraine and that it’s not Vladimir Putin’s business.”

Trump was denied being able to call the Anchorage meeting ‘historic’ — just take a look at the faces of the US entourage as they met with reporters, and at the boldness of Putin as he addressed the press. Maybe they all got to view the ‘golden showers’ videos? At any rate, Putin turned the screws, coming out with the victor’s gold medal on that meetup, leaving Ukraine in limbo again, and the Nobel Peace Prize firmly locked away in Oslo. As Nicholas Grossman said, “The reason there’s a Nobel Peace Prize in the first place is because peace is hard,” something Trump can never comprehend. With Putin’s refusal to allow Zelensky to attend the meeting, “even the ghost of Neville Chamerlain and Vidkun Quisling are blushing,” said David Shuster of MSNBC, “And, this is not diplomacy. It is not even buffoonery. It is straight up betrayal.” Trump describes his Russian idol as a “man of strength,” but as Shuster says, “Strength to bomb hospitals, kidnap children and send your own troops into a meat grinder. To Trump, morality is a nuisance, history is a fog, and truth is an inconvenience, at best. A meeting about peace that excludes Ukraine is as rational as a trial without a victim, or a wedding without a bride.” The danger is that Trump doesn’t see Putin’s smooth talk as manipulation or strategy — he only hears affirmation which allows him to revisit old political wounds, as Putin directs this theatrical production — with Trump’s ego taking precedence over reality and our national well-being. Trump biographer, Michael Wolff, says, “He’s going to sacrifice Ukraine for Epstein. Essentially, this is, in his mind, a trade.” Wolff reminds us that it is the MAGAs who are pressing the Epstein issue constantly — they are the threat. “The Epstein drumbeat is real. It is unceasing and it is threatening, most of all, to Donald Trump,” said Wolff.

John Jameson Gould wrote on The Signal website: “Earlier in the week, the American president’s performance in his federal takeover of Washington, DC’s police force had comparable aspects: dramatic announcements, National Guard deployments, press conference slogans: ‘This is Liberaton Day in DC!’ — never mind what the crime statistics said. Seems there’s a lot of stagecraft going on these days. Which might strike you as a curious approach to statecraft — or at least one that’s curiously particular to Donald Trump — and recognizably exasperating to his many haters.” Trump would undoubtedly prefer that Tennessee’s Representative Andy Ogles call the shots for the president’s tenure, who said basically that Trump should be given a hall pass to do as he wants. Posting on X, Ogles wrote, “Give Trump a third term, give him the Peace Prize, and let him run DC as long as he wants.” Republicans Against Trump asked X’s AI bot, Grok, what was wrong with Ogles’ statement, bringing forth this answer: “The tweet proposes unconstitutional actions: a third term violates the 22nd Amendment’s two-term limit. The Nobel Peace Prize is awarded by the Norwegian Committee, not ‘given’ by the US. Allowing indefinite rule undermines democracy and the Constitution.” Should Elon and The Donald become conversant once again, we can bet the president will ask Elon to set Grok straight on the issues. Trump has steadily pounded the electorate about a third term, even selling ‘Trump 2028‘ merchandise in his grifting operation, but only to needle his opposition…so he says.

The crackdown on crime in DC is the latest Trump project, being touted as a success by the president, and deputy chief of staff Stephen Miller, who takes center stage on the issues of immigration, border security, and culture wars. Trump’s federal takeover by sending in National Guard troops to define his legacy, also sees Miller working to make his own mark, shaping and driving the message that the nation’s capital will be safe again, all the while railing against other Democratic mayors that their cities are on the list for the same treatment, with Chicago named as the next victim. Meeting with troops at DC’s Union StationVP VanceDefense Secretary Hegseth and Miller heaped criticism on those protesting the federal occupation, with Miller calling them “stupid white hippies,” in his diatribe against “crazy Democrats screeching on TV on behalf of foreign terrorists, hardened criminals and violent illegal aliens.” The White House reported that 2,300 federal law enforcement worked in DC on one Thursday night, with the number of personnel increasing by a few hundred daily — most sent by Red State governors. By Friday, 719 arrests had been made as part of the operation, 300 of which were non-legal migrants with a smattering of known gang members.

Alex Gangitano of The Hill, reports that one area of success for Miller is his messaging approach to DC’s homeless problem. A former Trump aide said of the situation, “For years, cities like Wasington, DC treated homelessness as a housing affordability problem, which pushed the idea that living on the street was an acceptable alternative so long as civil liberties were preserved. What we’re seeing Miller do is flip that script. His message is that the real crisis is driven by drug abuse, mental illness, and criminal activity, and that is why there is broad support for moving people indoors and into treatment.” DC residents aren’t supportive of the ‘anticrime’ push, with a Washington Post survey finding 69% of those polled “strongly” in opposition, and 10% “somewhat” opposed. “Communists,” said Miller in his protester bashing, “All these demonstrators, elderly white hippies are not part of the city and never have been. And by the way, most of the citizens who live in Washington, DC are Black. So we’re going to ignore these stupid white hippies that all need to go home and take a nap because they’re all over 90 years old.” Dozen of homeless encampments have been removed, illegal firearms seized, and many of the migrants have been arrested for additional crimes or having outstanding warrants and convictions. Gangitano quotes a source saying, “A lot of what Miller talks about resonates with the debate. There’s alignment there, so it’s reinforcing. And I think Trump very much likes to get the roar of the crowd. If it seems like it’s something that’s going to drive is base, then he dives headfirst.” Former US Senator Claire McCaskill believes that Stephen Miller is actually running the whole show for Trump, which has resulted in White House staffers complaining that Miller is always on the phone spouting his directives. Heads up Chicago, Los Angeles and Baltimore!

Ben Meiselas writes on MeidasTouch, “Trump is getting more desperate by the day. His approval is collapsing. He is the most unpopular president in history. He is accelerating his authoritarian tactics. The latest reports are that he is planning a military invasion of Illinois with active-duty armed forces and the National Guard. Trump is too afraid to confront America’s actual enemies, like Russia. Instead, at press conferences, he holds photos of himself and Putin in the Oval Office, that Putin sent him. Trump would rather invade Blue States that don’t have a military, or pick on marginalized communities instead of actually showing strength. That’s where we are as a country.” Michael Cohen, also on MeidasTouch, writes, “Illinois governor JB Pritzker was quick to cut through the spin, calling the proposed deployment a ‘manufactured crisis.’ He’s right. There is no emergency that justifies military involvement in Chicago. Crime is not spiraling out of control. Local law enforcement has not asked for assistance. Yet the president is pressing forward, because the goal isn’t safety; it’s spectacle. By painting Democratic-led cities as lawless ‘hellholes,’ he positions himself as the singular force capable of restoring order. It’s political theater, except the props here are armed troops and the backdrop is one of America’s great cities.” Chicago’s Mayor Johnson warns that federal troops on his streets could undo fragile progress in community relations and potentially inflame tensions. Cohen sees this warning as fact — not alarmism, in his belief that armed troops in civilian locations has never de-escalated a situation, almost always heightening the risk of confrontation. Especially for Chicago where the mistrust between residents and the police is longstanding, the risk is profound; if Johnson sounds worried, it’s because he has every reason to be.

Troops sent to Washington, DC were initially unarmed, but our macho Defense Secretary has seen to it that weapons were issued — an escalation that leaves little margin for error. It only takes one misunderstanding, one panicked reaction, to result in tragedy. Michael Cohen is concerned about Trump’s threat that he “may” declare a national emergency which would give him authority to keep troops in place indefinitely, sidestepping Congress, overriding local leadership, and normalizing use of military force in governance — rewriting the rules altogether. If any city doesn’t align with the White House politically, that city is rebranded as having a public safety crisis, a potential target for a troop invasion. “Polls already show that residents of DC overwhelmingly oppose the current deployment. Local leaders point to long-term declines in crime rates, evidence that contradicts the administrations’s claim of chaos. And yet, these objections are brushed aside. That dismissal should trouble all of us, because it underscores how little local input matters once the machinery of federal power is in motion. If you think local democracy is safe in that environment, I’ve got a bridge in Brooklyn I can sell you — and real cheap,” says Cohen. He says it’s questionable whether Trump can legally justify his actions, but the issue is the slow erosion of democratic norms since the military is designed to protect us from foreign threats, not to police Americans. The lines blur, democracy weakens, and with Trump opening that door, it is nearly impossible to close, with future leaders succumbing to the same power moves. And it is about power, not law and order; it’s governance by intimidation, spectacle, and a dangerous rehearsal for authoritarian rule that risks dismantling democracy itself.

As if the federal takeover of DC wasn’t enough, according to Rachel Kahn of The New RepublicTrump wants to “beautify” the city — turning it into a resort? Giving him esthetic control will surely result in the garishness we see in the Oval Office or Mar-a-Lago — not a pretty picture! The president wants to repave the streets and update the lampposts within a three-mile radius of the Capitol Building, as he claims, “It’s gonna be beautiful, all those lightbulbs — you see the poles, they’re rusting and they’ve got different lenses on top, if you look. We’re going to have this place beautified.” He speculates that his redecoration plan would require approval by Congress of a $2 billion expenditure; however, House Republicans have yet to restore the $1 billion city funds they blocked earlier, because the city budget doesn’t align with the conservative agenda. But just imagine gold-plated lampposts, and manicured city parks resembling his golf courses! Trump brags, “I’m very good at grass because I have a lot of golf courses all over the place. I know more about grass than any human being, I think, anywhere in the world, and we’re going to be re-grassing all of your parks…it’l look like Augusta. It’ll look like, more important, Trump National Golf Club — that’s even better.” Mar-a-Lago on the Potomac!

Last Monday, as Trump signed executive orders in the Oval Office, he whined that people were up in arms after he suggested Chicago was up next for deployment of National Guardsmen. Not everyone in Chicago was unhappy with his plan, he claimed, saying, “A lot of people are saying ‘Maybe we’d like a dictator.'” He quickly said, “I don’t like a dictator, I’m not a dictator. I’m a man with great common sense, and I’m a smart person.” Edith Olmstead of The New Republic writes, “It’s not clear that there is any meaningful difference between a dictator, and a leader pleasing the people who are asking for one. What is apparent, however, is that Trump’s plan to move federal forces to other American cities is so unpopular that he’s concocting consent for tyranny as a means to justify it. Crucially, Trump gets closer to becoming a dictator everyday. On Monday, he signed an executive order which would criminalize flag burning, and act of political expression protected by the First Amendment, claiming that it incited riots. If Trump truly believed that inciting a riot earns you a year in prison, then the president himself is well overdue for a stint behind bars.”

Marco Margaritoff of HuffPost points to a comment made by Bill Maher, host of ‘Real Time,’ that Trump might be planning another ‘slow-moving coup.’ Maher had predicted an attempted power grab by Trump during his first term, but the recent DC deployment of the National Guard and federalization of the local police to combat the purported “bedlam” has revived his speculation. He said his first mention of the “slow-moving coup” brought laughter, especially when he predicted Trump would never concede his power. “They would say, ‘Oh, you smoke too much pot,'” he remembers, and adds, “Well, turned out I was smoking just the right amount of pot,” and calling out those people as being in a trance. “If there was a slow-moving coup, let me just describe some of the steps and you tell me if I’m being paranoid,” said Maher. “First, create a masked police force — get people used to looking at that. Normalize snatching people off the street — get them used to that. Normalize seeing the National Guard and the military on the street. Then, start talking about crime in the capital, which is basically, you know, has always been a fairly crime-ridden city, but this is our nation’s capital — where elections are decided. So, when an election dispute might come up, just hypothetically….” as he trailed off into the uneasy studio laughter. Maher suffered criticism for dining with Trump in March, describing the president as “gracious and measured,” and now, not wanting to be “a big pessimist, I’m going to pretend for the rest of the duration that the Democrats do have a chance of winning, and they might win the next election.” But having said that, he throws out the warning, “I just don’t think they’re ever going to take power, because this is what’s going to happen. I think THIS coup is going off a lot smoother that the last one.”

Greg Sargent writes in The New Republic regarding the FBI raid on the home of Trump’s former associate, John Bolton: “Whatever we end up learning about the rationale for the FBI’s early morning raid on former national security adviser John Bolton’s Bethesda, Maryland home on Friday, there’s plainly a major escalation underway in President Donald Trump’s use of law enforcement to persecute his perceived enemies and entrench his authoritarian power. Consider the pattern: The targeting of Bolton, a major critic of Trump, appears to have been personally authorized by Kash Patel. An apparently official leak to the New York Post deliberately underscored Patel’s involvement, probably to make sure it’s understood by Trump’s other enemies.” Others on Trump’s enemies list include Senator Adam Schiff and New York Attorney General Letitia James. Whatever happens with Bolton, we should keep focused on the unmistakeable broader pattern — the escalation of law enforcement and military to target critics and consolidate power. MAGA leaders are openly declaring that the specter of state violence will be used to intimidate voters in urban strongholds, and the president’s manufacturing of fake pretexts for all of it is growing bolder and more unconstrained. Sargent asks, “Do we get to call it fascism yet?

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

Seasons

“There are two seasons in Scotland: June and Winter.”
~Billy Connolly

“Everything has seasons, and we have to be able to recognize when something’s time has passed and be able to move into the next season. Everything that is alive requires pruning as well, which is a great metaphor for endings.”
~Henry Cloud

“To be interested in the changing seasons is a happier state of mind than to be hopelessly in love with spring.”
~George Santayana

“There are seasons in every country when noise and impudence pass current for worth; and in popular commotions especially, the clamors of interested and factious men are often mistaken for patriotism.”
~Alexander Hamilton

“Excess generally causes reaction, and produces a change in the opposite direction, whether it be in the seasons, or in individuals, or in governments.”
~Plato

...

This is a VERY powerful demonstration… just think about it! We are so easy to manipulate, no matter how smart and resourceful we think we are. And don’t doubt it, we ARE smart and resourceful!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

August 20 – 26, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on desecration at Lot 4… Steinbruner… out this week… Hayes… Our Vision – What do we want?… Patton… Awake At Night… Matlock… dog-walked…testing…testing…up on the roof… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Who do you think you are? … Quotes on… “Family History”

...

LIBERACE’S BROTHER GEORGE (middle) and our own Hocus Pocus with reindeer (and somebody) at Santa’s Village May 9, 1959. Newcomers missed Santa’s Village in Scotts Valley. It was built in 1955 and went bankrupt in 1959. Now, 66 years later, the road still bears the name, though I doubt the vast majority of people have any idea what it refers to! Funny how these things go…

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: August 20, 2025

DAVID TENNANT ON “WHO DO YOU THINK YOU ARE” I think a lot about family and ancestry and DNA and genetics and the likes. I did a 23 and me test a few years ago, and mine was the most boring pie chart ever! Everyone else has all these colors and places like Asia, sub-Saharan Africa, the Mediterranean, etc… mine was 98.3% Swedish, and 1.7% Finnish!

Anyway, I know a lot of things about my family back a few of generations. I knew two of my great grandparents into my teens and early twenties, and boy do I wish I had asked them more questions and written down (or recorded) their answers. Watching David Tennant learn about his family history is fascinating; this is a great show. You should search for the episode with Ian McKellen… oh, and the one with Charles Dance, the actor who played Tywin Lannister in Game of Thrones… oh, and Warwick Davis! There are SO many good ones…

Enjoy your deep dive into others’ family history, should you decide to take one. See you next week!

~Webmistress

...

HONEY DON’T. In Theatres. Movie (5.7 IMDb) ***-
The Hate Child of Wes Anderson and Quentin Tarantino: Ethan Coen’s Honey Don’t

As a long-standing Coen Brothers fan, I approached Ethan Coen’s solo outing with some trepidation. On the surface, it’s a twist on the hard-boiled dick story—only without the dick. Margaret Qualley steps into the role with dry, sensual humor, wandering through the bleak romanticism of lovely Bakersfield. Aubrey Plaza shows up as, shocker, a “quirky” cop/love interest, but brings surprising spark and passion. And Chris Evans, finally tucking Captain America to bed, slimes it up as a skeezy small-town preacher.

The film stretches itself trying to cover too much emotional ground and juggles a few more story threads than it can quite manage. Still, even if it’s not top-shelf Coen, I’d argue any Coen is better than no Coen. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

A GOOD GIRL’S GUIDE TO MURDER. Netflix. Series. (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Another I missed when it first came out last year, but now that the Great Move is over (we just shifted home from Rio Del Mar, to Ben Lomond – complete with our own redwood grove, and our courageous ducks) I’ve had time to get back into this all.

“A Good Girl’s Guide to Murder” follows high school senior Pippa “Pip” Fitz-Amobi (played by Wednesday’s perky werewolf roommate, Emma Mayers, back on her home turf in Britain) as she reopens the five-year-old murder case of older classmate Andie Bell. Though officially closed with boyfriend Sal Singh’s confession and suicide, Pip suspects his innocence and, with Sal’s younger brother, makes it her final academic project. What she uncovers is a web of secrets and dangerous truth, putting herself and those she loves in the crosshairs.

Cozyish, with some modern nastiness (no sex, just real crime stuff), and elevated by strong performances – nods all around for Anna Maxwell Martin as Pip’s mother, torn between wrangling her brilliant, headstrong daughter and recognizing at the same time her fragility as still just a kid. Their dynamic is a standout.

Spoiler and trigger warning: yes, the dog dies. Sorry, but that’s a trigger that needs to be respected. Deal with it.

Based on Holly Jackson’s YA mystery series, the show has already been renewed for a second season, adapting the next book

~Sarge

FANTASTIC FOUR: FIRST STEPS. In theaters. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****
The First Family of comics finally feels like a real family. Since their 1961 debut, the Fantastic Four have always centered on family dynamics, and this adaptation leans fully into that core. Reed Richards (Pedro Pascal), Susan Storm (Vanessa Kirby), her brother Johnny (Joseph Quinn), and Reed’s lifelong friend Ben Grimm (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) share a life-changing space accident that leaves them with strange powers. Thankfully, the film skips the typical origin sturm und drang and instead drops us years after their transformation. The characterizations stay true to their comic counterparts, and the retro-futurist design (evoking the TVA from Loki) is pure visual delight.

Much like Superman earlier this year, this film is more concerned with who these people are than with non-stop action. The Fantastic Four are inherently decent, and the film allows their personalities and relationships to breathe. There’s even a non-human, non-speaking comic sidekick (H.E.R.B.I.E., filling the Krypto slot from Superman), and it works. Some may feel the superhero action is a bit light (Reed’s stretchy powers, for instance, are used sparingly, perhaps to avoid full Jim Carrey territory) but it strikes a fair balance. There’s a ton of CG, particularly in the beautifully realized retro Manhattan, but it blends so well you barely notice.

No bad performances, standout production design, and a few genuinely epic set pieces make this one a win. And for those complaining about woke gender flips: there have been many heralds over the years, male and female, including Shalla Bal. It’s faithful where it counts, fresh where it needs to be, and, most importantly, it finally gives us a Fantastic Four that lives up to their name.

THIS IS SPINAL TAP. Vudu, Google Play, Amazon. Movie (7.9 IMDb) ****
When I was chronologically less-endowed (the ’80s) and UA owned almost all the screens in town (Del Mar, Rio, River Street Twin, Aptos Twin, and the 41st Ave Playhouse), I worked at the Del Mar and the Rio. I’d catch free movies all over town every week. Obviously, you only have so much mental storage, so with a lot of films, I just filed away whether I liked them or not.

So imagine my surprise when I went to see a Fathom Event 4K restoration of “This Is Spinal Tap” (in anticipation of the upcoming “Spinal Tap 2: The End Continues”) and realized I remembered everything, despite the 41 years between my first viewing and now.

For the uninitiated, this 1984 self-described “mockumentary” by Rob Reiner follows the later years of fictional band Spinal Tap. Told in loose documentary style, it also dives into their earlier phases as a Beatles-style quartet and later a psychedelic rock act. The core trio – Michael McKean, Christopher Guest, and Harry Shearer (who later reunited for “A Mighty Wind”) – are backed by a rotating cast of ill-fated drummers. Most of the dialogue is improvised, and the music manages to be both hilarious and genuinely good.

If you’ve never seen it, track down a copy or be ready to rent or buy it on Amazon. It’s worth going out of your way for a watch.

Sorry if I seem a little hyperbolic. You see, it goes to 11.
~Sarge

SUPERMAN. In theaters. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ****
First off, let’s address the Kryptonian Drang in the room: Yes, Superman has always been an immigrant – rocketed to Earth as a baby without “doing it the right way.” But this film doesn’t touch that theme at all. It’s not part of the plot. Nor do they change or even reference the classic “truth, justice, and the American Way” slogan. (In fact, in the comics, at one time he renounced his American citizenship as Superman so his global actions wouldn’t reflect on the U.S.) That, however, is relevant to the plot. Also, the twist with his biological parents WAS NOT Gunn’s creation – it has been off-and-on a part of the character’s backstory for decades, in different revisions, and in different media. Gunn isn’t tugging on Superman’s cape here.

Superman (2025), directed by James Gunn and starring David Corenswet as Superman, Rachel Brosnahan as Lois Lane, and Nicholas Hoult as Lex Luthor – plus Krypto, the super-goodest boy – introduces a new take. Gunn brings back heart and humor that, while sometimes overlooked, are absolutely comic-accurate. Yes, the grim Snyderverse tone was also pulled from the comics, but comics contain multitudes. We’ve been telling Superman stories for over 80 years – different eras, different writers, different vibes.

Thankfully, this movie skips the origin story. We meet a Superman already established in the role, with a working relationship (and chemistry) with Lois Lane. Without giving too much away, the central conflict revolves around how Superman operates on a global scale – and how his idealism runs up against Lex Luthor’s cynicism, technocracy, and media manipulation. Lex plays dirty, and Clark’s just a big honest dope who wants to save people.

Nathan Fillion has fun as Guy Gardner – the canonically bowl-cutted Limbaugh-dittohead Green Lantern everyone loves to punch (there are several Earth-based Green Lanterns – it’s a Corps – so you will likely see him alongside the two who will be featured in the forthcoming “Lanterns” series). His appearance, along with Mr. Terrific and Hawkgirl, may serve as a backdoor introduction to what might become Gunn’s version of the Justice League.

And then there’s Krypto. He often steals the show. First introduced in the ’50s, Krypto has drifted in and out of continuity as Superman’s dog, and here, he’s like the Rocket Raccoon of this universe: A whimsical element, that can hit you deep in the feels.

The story? It’s fine. It touches on serious issues without digging too deep – more Donner Superman in tone than Man of Steel, and blessedly free of Christ imagery. If you’re attached to a particular version of Superman, this one might not click – or it might… some people swear by Adam West’s Batman or Lynda Carter’s Wonder Woman! Don’t get me wrong, I love them both. Nostalgia shapes expectations. YMMV.

Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

...

August 18, 2025

Willful Tree Slaughter

You’ll recognize the scene in the above photo. Lot 4, a few weeks ago; the Farmers’ Market shaded by the two vibrant liquidambars with the much-loved magnolias in the background.

Last week all the trees were felled, captured in the photo below by Keresha Durham as she was bicycling home.

Such tree destruction was neither necessary, inevitable, or perhaps even legal. The library/garage/housing project is a city project and as such, all decisions, including saving trees were within the city’s power.

According to the City Resolution governing the Criteria and Standards for heritage tree removal, if there are heritage trees on a site where new construction is planned, city law states that,

a heritage tree can be removed only if a project design cannot be altered to accommodate the tree or trees. Since the city planning staff has a history of ignoring this local law, on July 6, 2021, three of us representing different community groups wrote to the head of Economic Development and Housing reminding her of this criterion. Her response assured us of her awareness of the Resolution, which she said she would share with the master architect who had yet to be chosen, as well as with the city arborist, plus Eden Housing and Future Housing. She added that, “Having mature trees on site is definitely a benefit to the overall project where they can be accommodated in the project design.”

But none of the trees was accommodated in the final design. The building design takes up all available space right up to the property boundaries. Such disregard for preserving the city’s dwindling heritage trees is thumbing the nose at the community’s love of trees, codified in its heritage tree laws. One line from poet William Blake sums it up:

“The tree which moves some to tears of joy is in the eyes of others only a green thing that stands in the way.”

With the onslaught of new state housing laws and new ones coming down the pike, expect accelerated heritage tree removals in the upcoming months and years, both downtown and in your neighborhood (check out Senate Bill 79 and ask John Laird why he is supporting it.)

The most recent example of heritage tree loss on a project site was council’s decision on Tuesday August 12 against the appeal I submitted on behalf of Save Our Big Trees. The aim was to save the two redwoods at the Clock Tower project site, a Workbench development. Unlike the publicly owned Lot 4, constraints imposed by state housing laws favor private developers, weakening local heritage tree laws. This challenged the council’s ability to uphold the appeal and preserve the trees. Had the planning staff made preserving the trees a priority from the outset, and worked with Workbench on that level, perhaps the outcome would have been different. That, plus closer scrutiny of the space claimed to be needed for the trees by the Workbench-hired consulting arborist. But preserving the heritage trees onsite was not on the radar. It was not addressed or evaluated by staff during the project application and approval process. The tree permit removal was granted by staff to “facilitate the project design,” a turning on its head of the required criterion for heritage tree removal.

An appeal starts the process anew or de novo. My expectation to accommodate the trees onsite  was for a council directive to reduce the commercial space or reduce the outsize amount of “amenity” space in the project. On the Knight St. side alone, there are three floors of music rooms, two floors of art studios, two stories of chef’s kitchens and dining. My reading of the various state laws did not rule out reducing such non-habitable space. Only reducing the number of housing units is disallowed. The city had just prevailed in a court decision against Workbench for the Food Bin project, in which the judge ruled that turning non-habitable space into ADU’s is not allowed under state density bonus projects. At the August 12 appeal hearing, Workbench said it reserved the right to do the same with the “amenities” space at its Clocktower project. However, council was persuaded by the city attorney and planning director that there was no legal option to change the project design; that a recent court case-Bankers Hill 150 v. City of San Diego-makes it illegal for a city to require a reduction in “amenities” space. Had they made that clear beforehand, I may have decided against spending $761 on the appeal fee.

At the end of the hearing, despite not upholding the appeal, the motion from council member Susie O’Hara made the appeal worthwhile. Her motion included a direction to staff to investigate relocating the trees. Not killing them but giving them a new place to thrive. I presented this option in the appeal as did a local Board Certified Master Arborist. The ideal site for relocation is next to the Town Clock. Iconic trees in an iconic setting. It is expensive when done professionally by the top experts in big tree relocation. I imagine a gofundtree effort and hope that Workbench will soften its “we can’t afford it” stance. The other part of councilmember O’Hara’s motion was to direct staff to review the heritage tree removal requirements as well as the creation of objective standards for heritage tree removals and clarification of the processes involved.

Considering that state housing laws have gutted our local tree preservation laws, a review of the Criteria and Standards is in order; to strengthen them to require that the real value of trees, (estimated at $105,000 for the two redwoods) be paid by the developer if trees are to be removed; an incentive to keep more heritage trees onsite. If a developer preserves a heritage tree, objective standards already give them double the space required as open space. I doubt that staff  ever shared that fact with Workbench. Heritage tree preservation must rise to the top of priorities for staff, not at the bottom where it now lies.

However, as this goes forward, expect that there will be self-interested parties who will try to weaken the Criteria and Standards. The city already tried to do that in 2013. We took them to court and won. Turning a spotlight on heritage tree preservation may be a game changer if we who love trees stay involved. Vigilance is needed. We trusted the city to do the right thing by Lot 4 trees and that was a mistake. Let’s not make it again. We may not see staff and developers moved to tears of joy at the sight of a heritage tree, but maybe we can move them beyond seeing a green thing in the way.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

Break this week, and as always:

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC HEARING AND SPEAK UP.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING THAT REALLY MATTERS TO YOU.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Our Vision – What do we want?

Many people are caught in mental traps reacting to what they don’t want, forgetting to act at least equally for what they do want. When we put our minds towards civic engagement, many of us make another mistake, supposing that what we personally want is impossible to achieve because there are too many others in opposition.

Folks in Kansas say ‘those people in California will never vote for…’ and folks in California say ‘those people in Kansas will never vote for…’ and so we choose some ‘electable’ individual who no one really likes. And we compromise our vision for some imaginary ‘doable’ vision that is held by no one and doesn’t do much to improve things.

We should each develop our own vision for what we want, share that vision with others, and be guided by that vision with our choices. Here, I am proposing some parts of that vision that relate to how we interact with the environment and with each other.

No War

I believe there is a common desire to live in a world without war. To get there, each individual practices non-violence in our words and deeds. We each learn and regularly, actively practice conflict resolution. Together, we operate primarily within the bounds of restorative justice. We support candidates that embrace non-violence and diplomacy as evidenced not merely by their words but by their personal lives including civic engagement. To heal past traumas, our elected officials assure everyone the rights outlined by the United Nations as Universal Human Rights. We only vote for those who pledge to do so and incumbents who have shown that path.

Universal Human Rights

A high point in human evolution was the 1948 United Nations adoption of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. The Declaration includes all we need to think about for our vision of peace and wellbeing.

The US agreed to that declaration and subsequently signed a treaty with 174 countries echoing much of that document in what is called the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. The UN Human Rights Committee monitors adherence to this treaty, but there is no judicial means of enforcement internationally. The Committee’s website on the US has links to reports reviewing our country’s adherence to the treaty. There are several articles about international affairs where the US’s actions are in violation of the treaty, and there are several reports from the Committee’s review of our nation’s internal affairs. For instance, there is a report from 2024 from a visit invited by the Biden administration to examine racism, racial discrimination, xenophobia, and related intolerance.  There is a also a report from the Committee’s visit to the United States in 2025 that focuses on the need to improve inequality with regard to access to education. Subsequent to that report, the US sanctioned the author.

In an era where there is question about the bias from traditional news sources, one might consider occasionally checking in with this source of information to inform how we might steer in a better direction, towards our vision.

Justice

With the unenforceable treaties and declarations of human rights, there must be a way to making just decisions in every society. Judges must have no partisan affiliations and have a history of sound decision making without being swayed by prejudice.  We only vote for candidates who appoint such people. We only vote for judges that clearly act in those ways.

To have good jury members that are well educated, have emotional control, and are well grounded in philosophy, these traits must be prevalent throughout society: is that pathway through public education? We individually act to assure that those in our circles are supported in these ways.

Perhaps we want to work out justice outside of the procedural, legal justice system: that’s possible through learning the processes of restorative justice. In this way, one resolves differences by listening; those who wrong others repent and find ways to cease wrongdoing; those who are wronged find forgiveness. We must each explore this kind, and other kinds, of conflict resolution to reach our vision.

The Earth Is Us

We must realize a closer connection to the Earth and we must live with respect for the people a hundred generations from now. There will be closed loop consumption and no more landfills. There must be no waste, especially toxic waste. Overconsumption must end. We will find ways of interacting with nature that are altogether respectful. We will cease to see nature as separate from ourselves.

In Sum

This essay is a short sketch of a vision I believe we all will arrive at with a little thought and thoughtful conversation. Who would argue with this vision? What would their arguments consist of? The one I can think of is that “well, we might do that, but other people won’t and so we’ll suffer.” This then becomes a race to the bottom.

Can we work together from ourselves, alone, to our closest loved ones, to our friends, and onto our close community to develop this vision? Each of these topics can be realized in those concentric circles of connections. This might then transfer to larger scales and become very real. I see no other way.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, August 18, 2025

#230 / Awake At Night

What sustainability worry keeps you awake at night? 

Water. Only 2.5% of the world’s water is fresh water. If you believe the science … there will be 40% less of that fresh water by 2030, with the impacts of climate change. So the majority of my sleepless nights are spent thinking about collective action and the replenishment of fresh water, so that it’s available for food systems as well as for the future of my business.

The statement I have indented above is a quotation that comes from a Wall Street Journal article that is headlined as follows: “From Grain to Glass: Diageo Sustainability Chief Takes Holistic Approach to Net Zero.”

The article is, essentially, a discussion between a Senior Publishing Editor at the Wall Street JournalPerry Cleveland-Peck, and Ewan Andrew, the chief sustainability officer of Diageo—the company behind Johnnie Walker whisky and Guinness beer. Those bottles at the top of this blog posting, by the way, are made out of paper!

It’s worth reading about the various sustainability initiatives being undertaken by Diageo, a major corporation, and if you can somehow slip past the paywall maintained by The Journal, I recommend the article in its entirety. Whether or not you are able to read the rest of the article, however, I am hoping that the statement I have quoted will have an impact on your thinking.

We tend to “take for granted” many things that are absolutely essential to our lives, and it would be hard to overstate how high water comes on that list of “essentials.” Ewan Andrew’s statement lets me highlight what ought to be a concern for us all.

I have friends in California’s vast Central Valley who are focused intently on “water,” because what has been taken for granted in the past is disappearing – and massive corporations are seeking to achieve dominion over the disappearing water that is so vital for our lives, individually, and collectively. Surely, the disastrous Los Angeles fires are sending us a lesson about “water,” too.

Anyone who thinks that the kind of rapid and intense development underway in Santa Cruz doesn’t pose a danger to our stable, long term water supply, isn’t thinking clearly. The City’s staff says, “no problem,” but is that what YOU think?

“Water” is a political issue of preeminent importance. Ordinary people need to be involved in deciding what we are going to do about it. If the future of our water supplies are not keeping you awake at night, then I have a piece of advice:

WAKE UP NOW!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
ABANDONING TRUTH, INFAMY, CUE THE VIOLINS

Not to the surprise of anyone, there he was on the golf course for another $4.2 million  weekend — courtesy of the taxpayers — in ‘celebration’ of his big ‘victory’ in his Alaska encounter with accused war criminal, President Putin, who dog-walked him in his quest for a Nobel Peace Prize. Conservative writer, Nick Adams, commented, “Donald Trump is the only man alive who can end wars in the morning and head out to the golf course, drive the ball 300 yards, and shoot a 67 in the afternoon. His stamina is the envy of men in their 20s” Not only did Adams gloss over the lack of any cease fires, or indication of peaceful settlements, he failed to recognize Trump’s faithful team of caddies with their secret golf ball pockets sewn into the cuffs of their pants. MAGATs don’t see Trump’s retreat to the golf course as a sign of defeat, however, it is one of his safe places where members praise him for his good ideas and the great job he is doing. Critics of the president were incensed that he rolled out the red carpet for Putin, clapping energetically as the Russian president was met with a warm, enthusiastic handshake while a contingent of our military planes added to the welcome with a flyover. The Anchorage meeting, originally to be a one-on-one, was transformed into a three-on-three with Secretary of State Rubio and Special Envoy Witkoff joining Trump, along with Putin and his team.

President Putin still has an arrest warrant issued by the International Criminal Court, alleging that he is responsible for transferring Ukrainian children to Russia, a war crime under international law. This wasn’t a cause for alarm to our 34-felony-counts-convicted President, nor to his DOJ, the DOD or any other arm of his administration. Just keep on clapping! With every global dictator watching, Putin left Alaska knowing that genocide pays. “While Putin posed for photos in Alaska, Ukrainian parents were pulling their kids from rubble. While he grinned in Trump’s limousine, Ukrainian mothers were digging graves, and 19,000 stolen Ukrainian children remained in Russian camps. Russia’s Foreign Minister showed up wearing a USSR sweatshirt. Russian state media served ‘chicken Kyiv’ on Putin’s plane while the city of Kyiv burns brightly from Russia’s drones. The message was clear: We own you now. The truth Trump abandoned. Putin didn’t just get legitimacy in Alaska; he got proof that the West has abandoned truth itself,” writes Euromaidan on Reader Supported News. While America rolled out the red carpet for our destroyer, Ukraine stood up for the right of all peoples to flourish in this world. Trump promised to “Make America Great Again.” He could have done exactly that by supporting the nation fighting for the very things that make America great — instead, he chose a perpetrator of genocide. This is the West’s war being fought with Ukrainian blood. Putin is testing whether democratic civilization will defend itself — on Friday, Trump gave him his answer. Friday was America’s test. America failed.

Speculation before the Alaska meeting was that Trump would take Putin’s side in his war against UkraineEurope, and what was once called ‘the West,’ particularly with a one-on-one meeting. No one expected ‘peace’ to be the outcome, only ‘appeasement’ as a gift from Trump to the Russian dictator, as Trump continues to sabotage the American-led order built after WWII — an unprecedented peace and prosperity for both this country and the world. Simon Rosenberg writes on his Hopium Chronicles, “It is a day, if it goes as it appears it will go, that will surely live in infamy.” As we are seeing, Putin’s reasons for continuing his war are far more compelling than any incentive Trump can give him to end it. “I think we in Washington sometimes underestimate just how invested the Kremlin is in waging this war,” says Russian expert David Salvo. “The legitimacy and the fate of the entire Putin regime is based on not just concluding this war on Russian terms but continuing to fight it for the foreseeable future, the entire economy is propped up around the war. I just don’t see anything that’s going to move the needle and change the calculus of the Kremlin.” In the weeks preceding the meeting in Anchorage, Putin kept playing the same old game of humiliating Trump by ignoring peace efforts, keeping up the assault on Ukrainians, with Trump finally seeming to realize he was taken for a fool, with the Russian strongman stringing him along. After the announcement of the upcoming meeting, former Pentagon official, a shocked Sabrina Singh, said it proves who holds “all the cards.” “I mean, I’m shocked that this meeting is actually being held in the United States. I think that’s giving incredible deference to someone that invaded a sovereign country. This is a war of choice that Putin started back in 2022,” she saidSingh felt that the meeting should have been scheduled outside the US, warning that Putin proved he can “move the chess pieces on the board in his favor,” and that he’s gotten the Trump administration to “cater to a lot of his demands.”

Satirical writer Andy Borowitz offered his behind-the-scenes view as he looked forward to the Putin/Trump meetup: “Giving helpful advice ahead of the talks in Alaska, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy suggested on Monday that Donald J. Trump offer Vladimir Putin ‘full sovereignty’ over the state of Florida. ‘If you are considering some kind of ‘land swap’ for peace, Florida should be on the table,’ Zelenskyy said. ‘With Florida, you have cards.’ Explaining his rationale for a Russian annexation of the Sunshine State, Zelenskyy said, ‘There are already so many Russian-speaking people there, especially oligarchs and criminals around Mar-a-Lago.’ Speaking from the Kremlin, Putin said he would ‘consider’ an offer of Florida, but only if it did not include ownership of Ron DeSantis.” In a previous post, Borowitz wrote: “An unscrupulous Russian man has lured a confused septuagenarian to Alaska in an apparent elder scam, concerned associates of the old man reported on Thursday. According to those associates, the Russian has posed as a friend of his geriatric mark in order to take advantage of him in the remote, icy setting. ‘This poor, addled codger isn’t playing with a full deck and hasn’t for some time,’ one associate said. ‘We’re afraid that the Russian will trick him into signing something away.’ The situation is particularly troubling, the associate said, because ‘he’s a feeble old man who likes to wander around on top of buildings, and the Russian likes pushing people off them.'”

Trump’s former attorney, Michael Coen, said in anticipation of the Putin/Trump confab, “Cue the swelling violins. But after more than a decade of working for President Trump, I’ve learned you can’t be cynical enough…think he’s doing something for the greater good? You’re not looking closely enough — in fact, you might be in the cult.” Calling the Alaska setup a “traveling circus,” he said the reality check is that the “peace summit” doesn’t include the actual president of Ukraine — “the guy whose country has been invaded, bombed and carved up like a real estate deal in Atlantic City circa 1987. The man elected to represent 44 million Ukrainians doesn’t get a seat at his own table. But Trump and Putin do. This is not a negotiation; it’s a photo-op. A show. A scripted performance in which the ending has already been decided — and not by the people of Ukraine.” Cohen said Trump wants to slap “The Peace President” on a MAGA hat, and pick out a tux for the Nobel Peace Prize ceremony — thinking about his legacy, not liberty, as he rides straight into the history books. As for Putin, he isn’t in Alaska for the scenery — he’s there for the land already stolen and more land, plus mineral rights, as he plays the long game. Zelensky knows they aren’t meeting for his benefit, only present to split the spoils. Cohen snarkily suggests: “The next big fight — which actor gets to accept the Emmy!?”

Then the big day arrived with the red carpet, the fanfare and the clapping US leader, only to end with Simon Rosenberg’s synopsis: For America, Trump = Unceasing Sabotage, Plunder, And Betrayal as a subheading in his article on Substack — ‘Trump, A Very Useful Idiot, Buckles in Alaska, Disastrously Sells Out Ukraine And The West.’ “Yes, it was as horrible as we all feared. Trump literally rolls out the red carpet for Putin on American soil and not only does he get nothing in return, but yesterday our weak, cowardly and corrupt leader broke with Ukraine and the Europeans/NATO and adopted Putin’s position on the conflict, folding like a cheap suit,” Simon says. Quoting The New York Times story, Rosenberg relays that Trump claimed to have spoken to Zelensky and European leaders following his fleeing Alaska, saying, “It was determined by all that the best way to end the horrific war between Russia and Ukraine is to go directly to a Peace Agreement, which would end the war, and not a mere Ceasefire Agreement, which often times do not hold up.” However, a statement issued by European leaders did not echo the president’s claim, which has also been Putin’s demand. “So, what happened yesterday we now know is Putin got the photo op on American soil, told Trump what to do, and went home,” concludes Roseberg. Even Fox News reported from Alaska: “The way it felt in that room was not good. It did not seem like things went well. And it seemed like Putin came in and steamrolled, got right into what he wanted to say, and got is photo op next to the president and then left.” The MSNBC reporter posted similarly: “What struck me was the looks on the faces of a lot of the American delegation here. Caroline Leavitt, Steve Witkoff, who came into the room, then left quickly. Leavitt appeared to be a bit stressed out, anxious. Their eyes were wide, almost ashen at times.”

Rosenberg calls Trump a terrible, terrible leader, the worst in our history — it’s hard to

imagine how he could have done more damage to America than he has in these initial seven months. But Trump is still going, still needing the spectacular, still needing to feel strong and powerful and manly, while his VP has been on vacation, as has Congress. He’s an old man with health problems. His gait was very wobbly yesterday, and as John Bolton said, he looked very, very tired — read defeated. Trump is aware that his powers are ebbing, especially after falling into Putin’s Anchorage Trap. He is in political, physical and cognitive decline — Elon emasculated him repeatedly. He and his agenda are wildly unpopular and no matter how much he rages, the economy is slowing, prices are rising, and the deficit exploding — he is a villain, not a hero. “The bluster and blather will come. The Truths, the troops, the spectacles, the damage, the lies and the never-ending b.s. But this things ain’t going as they planned and it’s getting harder and harder to spread all that lipstick and orange bronzer on the Trumpian pig,” Rosenberg declares.

Chris Bowers wrote on Wolves and Sheep: “Donald Trump really wants to win the Nobel Peace Prize. He wants to win it to the point where he took the unprecedented step of cold calling Norwegian Minister of Finance Jens Stoltenberg to ask about the award. In fact, he has brought up the topic in discussions with Stoltenberg on multiple occasions.” On one call Trump made to discuss trade tariffs, the Nobel Peace Prize drifted into the conversation. The Finance Minister commented to Politico, “It is true that President Trump called me a few days before his conversation with Prime Minister Støre. Several of the president’s staff members also participated in the conversation, including Treasury Secretary Bessent and Trade Representative Greer.” Bowers asks, “How can someone who tried to violently overturn the results of a democratic election in his own country ever deserve the Nobel Peace Prize? Or who instructed his administration to vote against a United Nations resolution condemning Russia’s invasion of Ukraine? Or who is threatening to acquire land from other countries, including Panama, Denmark and Canada? Or who isn’t even trying to broker a cease fire in Gaza? Or who has ordered his military to target drug cartels in other countries? The real problem with Trump trying so hard to win the Prize isn’t really about what he has done or hasn’t done, but rather that he obviously cares so much about winning an award over which he has no real control. Trump wanting to win the approval of five unknown retired Norwegian politicians on the Nobel Committee is pretty eye rolling, and getting other countries that want to curry his favor to nominate him is a pretty extreme demonstration of personal weakness — not strength.”

Former attorney Michael Cohen, on MeidasTouch, remembers when Trump asked him “about the Nobel Peace Prize, eyes glinting with that familiar mix of envy and self-delusion,” wondering why Obama got it — “he didn’t do anything.” Cohen says the implication was clear: “Trump deserved it more, because in his own mind he deserved everything more. That obsession — what began as an offhand gripe — has now metastasized into a full-blown crusade. President Trump wants the Nobel Peace Prize, and he wants it badly.” Aides have told him in the past that he deserved the award, but he shrugged it off, pretending indifference, but as Cohen says, “Trump has never been indifferent to applause. If you hear him claim otherwise, its’ because he’s already plotting how to manipulate the narrative so he looks like he doesn’t care — even as it consumes him. And now, years later, we see the truth. Trump is campaigning harder for the Nobel than he did for reelection. It’s a man chasing his own reflection.” Cohen warns us of the darker side of Trump’s pursuit — peace isn’t the goal, it’s the trophy, so what happens when there’s no war left to stop? The recent India/Pakistan dustup was settled by the two nations unassisted, yet Trump invented his own role in the outcome despite the flat-out denial from India that he helped cool tensions. “Facts don’t matter when the story is about Donald Trump,” says Cohen. So, conflict becomes a tool, the backdrop for Trump’s success as the ‘great peacemaker’ as he fans the flames just long enough to ensure that the cameras are focused on him when a truce is announced. As Trump has proven to us, chaos is not an obstacle — it’s leverage. The Nobel trophy is about genuine peacemaking, with its sacrifice, compromise and vision, a role for which Trump is incapable. “He doesn’t broker peace; he commodifies it. He doesn’t soothe conflict; he exploits it. He doesn’t end wars; he monetizes them for applause. President is not chasing peace. He’s chasing a prize. And in his pursuit of it, the world should be very afraid,” concludes Cohen.

The Daily Dose of Democracy reports: “Lord Goldemort spent the wee hours of Sunday night in typical fashion, thumb-smashing childish insults on Truth Social and raging against critics left and right lambasting his ballyhooed summit with Vladimir Putin on Friday, just hours before Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy was set to arrive at the White House. As Donalds’s late-night Twitterstorms usually do, this one eventually veered off in self-congratulatory praise, with the MAGA cult leader declaring: ‘One year ago, the United States was an almost DEAD COUNTRY. Now we are the HOTTEST Country anywhere in the World, the envy of all. What a difference a President makes!!!’ It’s almost like you can count the number of times his father hugged him as a child on one hand.”

As DDD mentions, Zelenskyy was set to meet Trump, along with a European team of leaders from BritainFrance and Germany to head off any ambushes a la the one Trump and VP Vance launched against the Ukrainian leader earlier this year. The Donald’s post on Truth Social attacked the “Fake News” who framed his summit as a ‘major defeat,’ rebuking them as “sick.” He bragged that the Southern Border is now secure, and that Washington, DC will lead the way to safer cities across the nation. He then proceeded to attack Democratic Senator Chris Murphy who had called his Alaska summit “an embarrassment” in an interview with Kristen Welker on NBC’s Meet the Press. Murphy’s contention that “Putin got everything that he wanted” sent Trump into a frenzy, calling the Senator a “lightweight,” calling him “stupid,” along with John Bolton, both guilty of prolonging the war. Looking forward to Monday’s meeting, Trump posted, “Big day at the White House tomorrow. Never had so many European leaders at one time. My great honor to host them!!! As David Gilmour wrote on Mediaite, “Last night’s Truth Social barrage will certainly have everyone walking on eggshells as Trump seeks a close on the conflict he vowed last year to end on his first day in office.”

As yet, there is no comment from Trump on the photo making the rounds on the internet of Russian forces mocking the Trump capitulation to Putin, by attaching American flags to their vehicles as they ride into battle in Ukraine. Video footage from RT, the Kremlin’s propaganda network, shows a captured trophy, an American M113 armored personnel carrier flying both US and Russian flags. Zelensky’s right-hand man, Andriy Yermak, accuses Russians of using US symbols in their terrorist aggression against civilians. “Maximum audacity,” he terms it. Petr Andryushchenko of Ukraine’s Centre for the Study of the Occupation, says, “This is the logical conclusion of Trump’s absurdity. And all of this is on the official propaganda of Russia Today. There are no words.” Putin flaunted his authority ahead of the DC summit by launching a new wave of missile attacks in Kharkiv and Zaporizhzhia, killing and wounding several Ukrainians. Zelensky said the attacks were “demonstrative” proof of Russia’s intentions and showed they had no plan to end the war. Tom Sanders‘ post on The Daily Beast says it all: “Trump has continued to urge Kyiv to ‘make a deal’ with the Russian autocrat, previously telling Zelensky that ‘Russia is a very big power, and you’re not.'”

One thing you can’t hide, is when you’re crippled inside” – John Lennon

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

Family History

“My mum and dad teach, and all my brothers and sisters have been in ‘Riverdance’ and so forth. So I was forced to become a dancer; it’s part of my family history.”
~Sean Maguire

“I’m just so proud to be from San Francisco and to have a family history there. It’s only two generations back, but still, it’s two generations in San Francisco. I love it. I’m so proud of it.”
~Jamie Chung

“Knowing more about family history is the single biggest predictor of a child’s emotional well-being. Grandparents can play a special role in this process, too.”
~Bruce Feiler

“The kitchen is the heart of every home, for the most part. It evokes memories of your family history.”
~Debi Mazar

“It’s very strange that most people don’t care if their knowledge of their family history only goes back three generations.”
~Douglas Coupland

...

David Tennant is a favorite of mine. The show “Who do you think you are?” is also a favorite of mine. Here, the two converge 🙂 If you are not familiar with the show, it dives deep into a different person’s family history in every episode, and it is fascinating.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment